mirror of
https://gitlab.winehq.org/wine/wine-gecko.git
synced 2024-09-13 09:24:08 -07:00
6384 lines
246 KiB
C++
6384 lines
246 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
|
|
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
|
|
*
|
|
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
|
|
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
|
|
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
|
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
|
|
*
|
|
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
|
|
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
|
|
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
|
|
* License.
|
|
*
|
|
* The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
|
|
*
|
|
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
|
|
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
|
|
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
|
|
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
|
|
*
|
|
* Contributor(s):
|
|
* Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
|
|
* Daniel Glazman <glazman@netscape.com>
|
|
* Roger B. Sidje <rbs@maths.uq.edu.au>
|
|
* Mats Palmgren <mats.palmgren@bredband.net>
|
|
* L. David Baron <dbaron@dbaron.org>
|
|
* Christian Biesinger <cbiesinger@web.de>
|
|
* Michael Ventnor <m.ventnor@gmail.com>
|
|
* Keith Rarick <kr@xph.us>
|
|
* Jonathon Jongsma <jonathon.jongsma@collabora.co.uk>, Collabora Ltd.
|
|
*
|
|
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
|
|
* either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
|
|
* or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
|
|
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
|
|
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
|
|
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
|
|
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
|
|
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
|
|
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
|
|
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
|
|
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
|
|
*
|
|
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* a node in the lexicographic tree of rules that match an element,
|
|
* responsible for converting the rules' information into computed style
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "nsRuleNode.h"
|
|
#include "nscore.h"
|
|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDeviceContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIWidget.h"
|
|
#include "nsILookAndFeel.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
|
#include "nsIThebesFontMetrics.h"
|
|
#include "gfxFont.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
#include "nsITheme.h"
|
|
#include "pldhash.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleSet.h"
|
|
#include "nsSize.h"
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
#include "nsRuleData.h"
|
|
#include "nsILanguageAtomService.h"
|
|
#include "nsIStyleRule.h"
|
|
#include "nsBidiUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleTransformMatrix.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSKeywords.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
|
|
#include "nsTArray.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#define NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(method_, context_, request_) \
|
|
if ((context_)->PresContext()->IsDynamic()) { \
|
|
method_(request_); \
|
|
} else { \
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIRequest> req = nsContentUtils::GetStaticRequest(request_); \
|
|
method_(req); \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For storage of an |nsRuleNode|'s children in a PLDHashTable.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ChildrenHashEntry : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
|
|
// key is |mRuleNode->GetKey()|
|
|
nsRuleNode *mRuleNode;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* static */ PLDHashNumber
|
|
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashHashKey(PLDHashTable *aTable, const void *aKey)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsRuleNode::Key *key =
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleNode::Key*>(aKey);
|
|
// Disagreement on importance and level for the same rule is extremely
|
|
// rare, so hash just on the rule.
|
|
return PL_DHashVoidPtrKeyStub(aTable, key->mRule);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ PRBool
|
|
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashMatchEntry(PLDHashTable *aTable,
|
|
const PLDHashEntryHdr *aHdr,
|
|
const void *aKey)
|
|
{
|
|
const ChildrenHashEntry *entry =
|
|
static_cast<const ChildrenHashEntry*>(aHdr);
|
|
const nsRuleNode::Key *key =
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleNode::Key*>(aKey);
|
|
return entry->mRuleNode->GetKey() == *key;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ PLDHashTableOps
|
|
nsRuleNode::ChildrenHashOps = {
|
|
// It's probably better to allocate the table itself using malloc and
|
|
// free rather than the pres shell's arena because the table doesn't
|
|
// grow very often and the pres shell's arena doesn't recycle very
|
|
// large size allocations.
|
|
PL_DHashAllocTable,
|
|
PL_DHashFreeTable,
|
|
ChildrenHashHashKey,
|
|
ChildrenHashMatchEntry,
|
|
PL_DHashMoveEntryStub,
|
|
PL_DHashClearEntryStub,
|
|
PL_DHashFinalizeStub,
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
// EnsureBlockDisplay:
|
|
// - if the display value (argument) is not a block-type
|
|
// then we set it to a valid block display value
|
|
// - For enforcing the floated/positioned element CSS2 rules
|
|
static void EnsureBlockDisplay(PRUint8& display)
|
|
{
|
|
// see if the display value is already a block
|
|
switch (display) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE :
|
|
// never change display:none *ever*
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE :
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK :
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_LIST_ITEM :
|
|
// do not muck with these at all - already blocks
|
|
// This is equivalent to nsStyleDisplay::IsBlockOutside. (XXX Maybe we
|
|
// should just call that?)
|
|
// This needs to match the check done in
|
|
// nsCSSFrameConstructor::FindMathMLData for <math>.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE_TABLE :
|
|
// make inline tables into tables
|
|
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default :
|
|
// make it a block
|
|
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline nscoord ScaleCoord(const nsCSSValue &aValue, float factor)
|
|
{
|
|
return NSToCoordRoundWithClamp(aValue.GetFloatValue() * factor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord CalcLengthWith(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nscoord aFontSize,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
PRBool aUseProvidedRootEmSize,
|
|
// aUseUserFontSet should always be PR_TRUE
|
|
// except when called from
|
|
// CalcLengthWithInitialFont.
|
|
PRBool aUseUserFontSet,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aValue.IsLengthUnit(), "not a length unit");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyleFont || aStyleContext, "Must have style data");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aStyleFont || !aStyleContext, "Duplicate sources of data");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aPresContext, "Must have prescontext");
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.IsFixedLengthUnit()) {
|
|
return aPresContext->TwipsToAppUnits(aValue.GetLengthTwips());
|
|
}
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
|
|
if (unit == eCSSUnit_Pixel) {
|
|
return nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(aValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
}
|
|
// Common code for all units other than pixels:
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
if (!aStyleFont) {
|
|
aStyleFont = aStyleContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFontSize == -1) {
|
|
// XXX Should this be aStyleFont->mSize instead to avoid taking minfontsize
|
|
// prefs into account?
|
|
aFontSize = aStyleFont->mFont.size;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (unit) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_RootEM: {
|
|
nscoord rootFontSize;
|
|
|
|
if (aUseProvidedRootEmSize) {
|
|
// We should use the provided aFontSize as the reference length to
|
|
// scale. This only happens when we are calculating font-size or
|
|
// an equivalent (scriptminsize or CalcLengthWithInitialFont) on
|
|
// the root element, in which case aFontSize is already the
|
|
// value we want.
|
|
rootFontSize = aFontSize;
|
|
} else if (aStyleContext && !aStyleContext->GetParent()) {
|
|
// This is the root element (XXX we don't really know this, but
|
|
// nsRuleNode::SetFont makes the same assumption!), so we should
|
|
// use GetStyleFont on this context to get the root element's
|
|
// font size.
|
|
rootFontSize = aStyleFont->mFont.size;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is not the root element or we are calculating something other
|
|
// than font size, so rem is relative to the root element's font size.
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsStyleContext> rootStyle;
|
|
const nsStyleFont *rootStyleFont = aStyleFont;
|
|
nsIContent* docElement = aPresContext->Document()->GetRootContent();
|
|
|
|
rootStyle = aPresContext->StyleSet()->ResolveStyleFor(docElement,
|
|
nsnull);
|
|
if (rootStyle) {
|
|
rootStyleFont = rootStyle->GetStyleFont();
|
|
rootFontSize = rootStyleFont->mFont.size;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(rootFontSize));
|
|
}
|
|
case eCSSUnit_EM: {
|
|
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(aFontSize));
|
|
// XXX scale against font metrics height instead?
|
|
}
|
|
case eCSSUnit_XHeight: {
|
|
nsFont font = aStyleFont->mFont;
|
|
font.size = aFontSize;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFontMetrics> fm =
|
|
aPresContext->GetMetricsFor(font, aUseUserFontSet);
|
|
nscoord xHeight;
|
|
fm->GetXHeight(xHeight);
|
|
return ScaleCoord(aValue, float(xHeight));
|
|
}
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Char: {
|
|
nsFont font = aStyleFont->mFont;
|
|
font.size = aFontSize;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFontMetrics> fm =
|
|
aPresContext->GetMetricsFor(font, aUseUserFontSet);
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIThebesFontMetrics> tfm(do_QueryInterface(fm));
|
|
gfxFloat zeroWidth = (tfm->GetThebesFontGroup()->GetFontAt(0)
|
|
->GetMetrics().zeroOrAveCharWidth);
|
|
|
|
return ScaleCoord(aValue, NS_ceil(aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel() *
|
|
zeroWidth));
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsRuleNode::CalcLength(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aStyleContext, "Must have style data");
|
|
|
|
return CalcLengthWith(aValue, -1, nsnull, aStyleContext, aPresContext,
|
|
PR_FALSE, PR_TRUE, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Inline helper function to redirect requests to CalcLength. */
|
|
static inline nscoord CalcLength(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsRuleNode::CalcLength(aValue, aStyleContext,
|
|
aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsRuleNode::CalcLengthWithInitialFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleFont defaultFont(aPresContext);
|
|
PRBool canStoreInRuleTree;
|
|
return CalcLengthWith(aValue, -1, &defaultFont, nsnull, aPresContext,
|
|
PR_TRUE, PR_FALSE, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_NORMAL 0x01 // N
|
|
#define SETCOORD_AUTO 0x02 // A
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INHERIT 0x04 // H
|
|
#define SETCOORD_PERCENT 0x08 // P
|
|
#define SETCOORD_FACTOR 0x10 // F
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LENGTH 0x20 // L
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INTEGER 0x40 // I
|
|
#define SETCOORD_ENUMERATED 0x80 // E
|
|
#define SETCOORD_NONE 0x100 // O
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO 0x200
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO 0x400
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE 0x800
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL 0x1000
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF 0x2000
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LP (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_PERCENT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LH (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_AH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LAH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPAH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_AH)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPEH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPAEH (SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPO (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_NONE)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPOH (SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_NONE)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPOEH (SETCOORD_LPOH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LEH (SETCOORD_LE | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_IA (SETCOORD_INTEGER | SETCOORD_AUTO)
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LAE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
|
|
// changes aCoord iff it returns PR_TRUE
|
|
static PRBool SetCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aParentCoord,
|
|
PRInt32 aMask, nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
PRBool result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
result = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_LENGTH) != 0) &&
|
|
aValue.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
aCoord.SetCoordValue(CalcLength(aValue, aStyleContext, aPresContext,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_PERCENT) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetPercentValue(aValue.GetPercentValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INTEGER) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Integer);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_ENUMERATED) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_AUTO) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetAutoValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INHERIT) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit)) {
|
|
aCoord = aParentCoord; // just inherit value from parent
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_NORMAL) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Normal)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetNormalValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_NONE) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetNoneValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_FACTOR) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetFactorValue(aValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetAutoValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetCoordValue(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetNoneValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetNormalValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF) != 0) &&
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)) {
|
|
aCoord.SetPercentValue(0.5f);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
result = PR_FALSE; // didn't set anything
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This inline function offers a shortcut for SetCoord() by refusing to accept
|
|
// SETCOORD_LENGTH and SETCOORD_INHERIT masks.
|
|
static inline PRBool SetAbsCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
|
|
PRInt32 aMask)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aMask & SETCOORD_LH) == 0,
|
|
"does not handle SETCOORD_LENGTH and SETCOORD_INHERIT");
|
|
|
|
// The values of the following variables will never be used; so it does not
|
|
// matter what to set.
|
|
const nsStyleCoord dummyParentCoord;
|
|
nsStyleContext* dummyStyleContext = nsnull;
|
|
nsPresContext* dummyPresContext = nsnull;
|
|
PRBool dummyCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PRBool rv = SetCoord(aValue, aCoord, dummyParentCoord, aMask,
|
|
dummyStyleContext, dummyPresContext,
|
|
dummyCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(dummyCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
"SetCoord() should not modify dummyCanStoreInRuleTree.");
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Given an enumerated value that represents a box position, converts it to
|
|
* a float representing the percentage of the box it corresponds to. For
|
|
* example, "center" becomes 0.5f.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aEnumValue The enumerated value.
|
|
* @return The float percent it corresponds to.
|
|
*/
|
|
static float GetFloatFromBoxPosition(PRInt32 aEnumValue)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aEnumValue) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP:
|
|
return 0.0f;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM:
|
|
return 1.0f;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected value");
|
|
// fall through
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER:
|
|
return 0.5f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PRBool SetColor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, const nscolor aParentColor,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
|
|
nscolor& aResult, PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
PRBool result = PR_FALSE;
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Color == unit) {
|
|
aResult = aValue.GetColorValue();
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Ident == unit) {
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
aValue.GetStringValue(value);
|
|
nscolor rgba;
|
|
if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(value, &rgba)) {
|
|
aResult = rgba;
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_EnumColor == unit) {
|
|
PRInt32 intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
if (0 <= intValue) {
|
|
nsILookAndFeel* look = aPresContext->LookAndFeel();
|
|
nsILookAndFeel::nsColorID colorID = (nsILookAndFeel::nsColorID) intValue;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(look->GetColor(colorID, aResult))) {
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
switch (intValue) {
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_HYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultLinkColor();
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_VISITEDHYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultVisitedLinkColor();
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_ACTIVEHYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultActiveLinkColor();
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR:
|
|
// The data computed from this can't be shared in the rule tree
|
|
// because they could be used on a node with a different color
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aResult = aContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Should never have an unknown negative colorID.");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
|
|
aResult = aParentColor;
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void SetGradientCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext, nsStyleCoord& aResult,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
// If coordinate is an enumerated type, handle it explicitly.
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
aResult.SetPercentValue(GetFloatFromBoxPosition(aValue.GetIntValue()));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
|
|
if (!SetCoord(aValue, aResult, nsStyleCoord(), SETCOORD_LPO,
|
|
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit for gradient anchor point");
|
|
aResult.SetNoneValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void SetGradient(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext, nsStyleGradient& aResult,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Gradient,
|
|
"The given data is not a gradient");
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueGradient* gradient = aValue.GetGradientValue();
|
|
|
|
if (gradient->mIsRadial) {
|
|
if (gradient->mRadialShape.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
aResult.mShape = gradient->mRadialShape.GetIntValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mRadialShape.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
|
|
"bad unit for radial shape");
|
|
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (gradient->mRadialSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
aResult.mSize = gradient->mRadialSize.GetIntValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mRadialSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
|
|
"bad unit for radial shape");
|
|
aResult.mSize = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_CORNER;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mRadialShape.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
|
|
"bad unit for linear shape");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mRadialSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
|
|
"bad unit for linear size");
|
|
aResult.mShape = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_LINEAR;
|
|
aResult.mSize = NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SIZE_FARTHEST_CORNER;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// bg-position
|
|
SetGradientCoord(gradient->mBgPosX, aPresContext, aContext,
|
|
aResult.mBgPosX, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
SetGradientCoord(gradient->mBgPosY, aPresContext, aContext,
|
|
aResult.mBgPosY, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
aResult.mRepeating = gradient->mIsRepeating;
|
|
|
|
// angle
|
|
if (gradient->mAngle.IsAngularUnit()) {
|
|
nsStyleUnit unit;
|
|
switch (gradient->mAngle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Degree: unit = eStyleUnit_Degree; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Grad: unit = eStyleUnit_Grad; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Radian: unit = eStyleUnit_Radian; break;
|
|
default: NS_NOTREACHED("unrecognized angular unit");
|
|
unit = eStyleUnit_Degree;
|
|
}
|
|
aResult.mAngle.SetAngleValue(gradient->mAngle.GetAngleValue(), unit);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gradient->mAngle.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None,
|
|
"bad unit for gradient angle");
|
|
aResult.mAngle.SetNoneValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// stops
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < gradient->mStops.Length(); i++) {
|
|
nsStyleGradientStop stop;
|
|
nsCSSValueGradientStop &valueStop = gradient->mStops[i];
|
|
|
|
if (!SetCoord(valueStop.mLocation, stop.mLocation,
|
|
nsStyleCoord(), SETCOORD_LPO,
|
|
aContext, aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit for gradient stop location");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// inherit is not a valid color for stops, so we pass in a dummy
|
|
// parent color
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(valueStop.mColor.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit,
|
|
"inherit is not a valid color for gradient stops");
|
|
SetColor(valueStop.mColor, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext,
|
|
aContext, stop.mColor, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
aResult.mStops.AppendElement(stop);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -moz-image-rect(<uri>, <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>)
|
|
static void SetStyleImageToImageRect(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nsStyleImage& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function &&
|
|
aValue.EqualsFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect),
|
|
"the value is not valid -moz-image-rect()");
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array* arr = aValue.GetArrayValue();
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(arr && arr->Count() == 6, "invalid number of arguments");
|
|
|
|
// <uri>
|
|
if (arr->Item(1).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Image) {
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(aResult.SetImageData,
|
|
aStyleContext,
|
|
arr->Item(1).GetImageValue())
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("nsCSSValue::Image::Image() failed?");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>
|
|
nsStyleSides cropRect;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
const nsCSSValue& val = arr->Item(2 + side);
|
|
PRBool unitOk = SetAbsCoord(val, coord, SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_PERCENT);
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(unitOk, "Incorrect data structure created by CSS parser");
|
|
cropRect.Set(side, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
aResult.SetCropRect(&cropRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void SetStyleImage(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
nsStyleImage& aResult,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
aResult.SetNull();
|
|
|
|
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Image:
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(aResult.SetImageData,
|
|
aStyleContext,
|
|
aValue.GetImageValue())
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Function:
|
|
if (aValue.EqualsFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect)) {
|
|
SetStyleImageToImageRect(aStyleContext, aValue, aResult);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("-moz-image-rect() is the only expected function");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Gradient:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleGradient* gradient = new nsStyleGradient();
|
|
if (gradient) {
|
|
SetGradient(aValue, aStyleContext->PresContext(), aStyleContext,
|
|
*gradient, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
aResult.SetGradientData(gradient);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case eCSSUnit_None:
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit; maybe nsCSSValue::Image::Image() failed?");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// flags for SetDiscrete - align values with SETCOORD_* constants
|
|
// where possible
|
|
|
|
#define SETDSC_NORMAL 0x01 // N
|
|
#define SETDSC_AUTO 0x02 // A
|
|
#define SETDSC_INTEGER 0x40 // I
|
|
#define SETDSC_ENUMERATED 0x80 // E
|
|
#define SETDSC_NONE 0x100 // O
|
|
#define SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT 0x2000
|
|
|
|
// no caller cares whether aField was changed or not
|
|
template <typename FieldT,
|
|
typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
|
|
static void
|
|
SetDiscrete(const nsCSSValue& aValue, FieldT & aField,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree, PRUint32 aMask,
|
|
FieldT aParentValue,
|
|
T1 aInitialValue,
|
|
T2 aAutoValue,
|
|
T3 aNoneValue,
|
|
T4 aNormalValue,
|
|
T5 aSystemFontValue)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Null:
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// every caller of SetDiscrete provides inherit and initial
|
|
// alternatives, so we don't require them to say so in the mask
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aField = aParentValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
aField = aInitialValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// every caller provides one or other of these alternatives,
|
|
// but they have to say which
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_ENUMERATED) {
|
|
aField = aValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Integer:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_INTEGER) {
|
|
aField = aValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// remaining possibilities in descending order of frequency of use
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Auto:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_AUTO) {
|
|
aField = aAutoValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_None:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_NONE) {
|
|
aField = aNoneValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Normal:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_NORMAL) {
|
|
aField = aNormalValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_System_Font:
|
|
if (aMask & SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT) {
|
|
aField = aSystemFontValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("SetDiscrete: inappropriate unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// flags for SetFactor
|
|
#define SETFCT_POSITIVE 0x01 // assert value is >= 0.0f
|
|
#define SETFCT_OPACITY 0x02 // clamp value to [0.0f .. 1.0f]
|
|
#define SETFCT_NONE 0x04 // allow _None (uses aInitialValue).
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
SetFactor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, float& aField, PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
float aParentValue, float aInitialValue, PRUint32 aFlags = 0)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Null:
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Number:
|
|
aField = aValue.GetFloatValue();
|
|
if (aFlags & SETFCT_POSITIVE) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aField >= 0.0f, "negative value for positive-only property");
|
|
if (aField < 0.0f)
|
|
aField = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & SETFCT_OPACITY) {
|
|
if (aField < 0.0f)
|
|
aField = 0.0f;
|
|
if (aField > 1.0f)
|
|
aField = 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aField = aParentValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
aField = aInitialValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_None:
|
|
if (aFlags & SETFCT_NONE) {
|
|
aField = aInitialValue;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("SetFactor: inappropriate unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Overloaded new operator. Initializes the memory to 0 and relies on an arena
|
|
// (which comes from the presShell) to perform the allocation.
|
|
void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::operator new(size_t sz, nsPresContext* aPresContext) CPP_THROW_NEW
|
|
{
|
|
// Check the recycle list first.
|
|
return aPresContext->AllocateFromShell(sz);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ PLDHashOperator
|
|
nsRuleNode::EnqueueRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
PRUint32 number, void *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(hdr);
|
|
nsRuleNode ***destroyQueueTail = static_cast<nsRuleNode***>(arg);
|
|
**destroyQueueTail = entry->mRuleNode;
|
|
*destroyQueueTail = &entry->mRuleNode->mNextSibling;
|
|
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Overridden to prevent the global delete from being called, since the memory
|
|
// came out of an nsIArena instead of the global delete operator's heap.
|
|
void
|
|
nsRuleNode::DestroyInternal(nsRuleNode ***aDestroyQueueTail)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleNode *destroyQueue, **destroyQueueTail;
|
|
if (aDestroyQueueTail) {
|
|
destroyQueueTail = *aDestroyQueueTail;
|
|
} else {
|
|
destroyQueue = nsnull;
|
|
destroyQueueTail = &destroyQueue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
|
|
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, EnqueueRuleNodeChildren,
|
|
&destroyQueueTail);
|
|
*destroyQueueTail = nsnull; // ensure null-termination
|
|
PL_DHashTableDestroy(children);
|
|
} else if (HaveChildren()) {
|
|
*destroyQueueTail = ChildrenList();
|
|
do {
|
|
destroyQueueTail = &(*destroyQueueTail)->mNextSibling;
|
|
} while (*destroyQueueTail);
|
|
}
|
|
mChildren.asVoid = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
if (aDestroyQueueTail) {
|
|
// Our caller destroys the queue.
|
|
*aDestroyQueueTail = destroyQueueTail;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We have to do destroy the queue. When we destroy each node, it
|
|
// will add its children to the queue.
|
|
while (destroyQueue) {
|
|
nsRuleNode *cur = destroyQueue;
|
|
destroyQueue = destroyQueue->mNextSibling;
|
|
if (!destroyQueue) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(destroyQueueTail == &cur->mNextSibling, "mangled list");
|
|
destroyQueueTail = &destroyQueue;
|
|
}
|
|
cur->DestroyInternal(&destroyQueueTail);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Destroy ourselves.
|
|
this->~nsRuleNode();
|
|
|
|
// Don't let the memory be freed, since it will be recycled
|
|
// instead. Don't call the global operator delete.
|
|
mPresContext->FreeToShell(sizeof(nsRuleNode), this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* nsRuleNode::CreateRootNode(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return new (aPresContext)
|
|
nsRuleNode(aPresContext, nsnull, nsnull, 0xff, PR_FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsILanguageAtomService* nsRuleNode::gLangService = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::nsRuleNode(nsPresContext* aContext, nsRuleNode* aParent,
|
|
nsIStyleRule* aRule, PRUint8 aLevel,
|
|
PRBool aIsImportant)
|
|
: mPresContext(aContext),
|
|
mParent(aParent),
|
|
mRule(aRule),
|
|
mDependentBits((PRUint32(aLevel) << NS_RULE_NODE_LEVEL_SHIFT) |
|
|
(aIsImportant ? NS_RULE_NODE_IS_IMPORTANT : 0)),
|
|
mNoneBits(0),
|
|
mRefCnt(0)
|
|
{
|
|
mChildren.asVoid = nsnull;
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsRuleNode);
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(mRule);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsRoot() || GetLevel() == aLevel, "not enough bits");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsRoot() || IsImportantRule() == aIsImportant, "yikes");
|
|
/* If IsRoot(), then aContext->StyleSet() is typically null at this
|
|
point. In any case, we don't want to treat the root rulenode as
|
|
unused. */
|
|
if (!IsRoot()) {
|
|
mParent->AddRef();
|
|
aContext->StyleSet()->RuleNodeUnused();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::~nsRuleNode()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsRuleNode);
|
|
if (mStyleData.mResetData || mStyleData.mInheritedData)
|
|
mStyleData.Destroy(0, mPresContext);
|
|
NS_IF_RELEASE(mRule);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode*
|
|
nsRuleNode::Transition(nsIStyleRule* aRule, PRUint8 aLevel,
|
|
PRPackedBool aIsImportantRule)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleNode* next = nsnull;
|
|
nsRuleNode::Key key(aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
|
|
|
|
if (HaveChildren() && !ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
PRInt32 numKids = 0;
|
|
nsRuleNode* curr = ChildrenList();
|
|
while (curr && curr->GetKey() != key) {
|
|
curr = curr->mNextSibling;
|
|
++numKids;
|
|
}
|
|
if (curr)
|
|
next = curr;
|
|
else if (numKids >= kMaxChildrenInList)
|
|
ConvertChildrenToHash();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>
|
|
(PL_DHashTableOperate(ChildrenHash(), &key, PL_DHASH_ADD));
|
|
if (!entry) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
if (entry->mRuleNode)
|
|
next = entry->mRuleNode;
|
|
else {
|
|
next = entry->mRuleNode = new (mPresContext)
|
|
nsRuleNode(mPresContext, this, aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
|
|
if (!next) {
|
|
PL_DHashTableRawRemove(ChildrenHash(), entry);
|
|
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (!next) {
|
|
// Create the new entry in our list.
|
|
next = new (mPresContext)
|
|
nsRuleNode(mPresContext, this, aRule, aLevel, aIsImportantRule);
|
|
if (!next) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
next->mNextSibling = ChildrenList();
|
|
SetChildrenList(next);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsRuleNode::ConvertChildrenToHash()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!ChildrenAreHashed() && HaveChildren(),
|
|
"must have a non-empty list of children");
|
|
PLDHashTable *hash = PL_NewDHashTable(&ChildrenHashOps, nsnull,
|
|
sizeof(ChildrenHashEntry),
|
|
kMaxChildrenInList * 4);
|
|
if (!hash)
|
|
return;
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* curr = ChildrenList(); curr; curr = curr->mNextSibling) {
|
|
// This will never fail because of the initial size we gave the table.
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(
|
|
PL_DHashTableOperate(hash, curr->mRule, PL_DHASH_ADD));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!entry->mRuleNode, "duplicate entries in list");
|
|
entry->mRuleNode = curr;
|
|
}
|
|
SetChildrenHash(hash);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
nsRuleNode::PropagateNoneBit(PRUint32 aBit, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleNode* curr = this;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!(curr->mNoneBits & aBit), "propagating too far");
|
|
curr->mNoneBits |= aBit;
|
|
if (curr == aHighestNode)
|
|
break;
|
|
curr = curr->mParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
nsRuleNode::PropagateDependentBit(PRUint32 aBit, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* curr = this; curr != aHighestNode; curr = curr->mParent) {
|
|
if (curr->mDependentBits & aBit) {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
while (curr != aHighestNode) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(curr->mDependentBits & aBit, "bit not set");
|
|
curr = curr->mParent;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
curr->mDependentBits |= aBit;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The following "Check" functions are used for determining what type of
|
|
* sharing can be used for the data on this rule node. MORE HERE...
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* the information for a property (or in some cases, a rect group of
|
|
properties) */
|
|
|
|
struct PropertyCheckData {
|
|
size_t offset;
|
|
// These duplicate the same data in nsCSSProps::kTypeTable and
|
|
// kFlagsTable, except that we have some extra entries for
|
|
// CSS_PROP_INCLUDE_NOT_CSS.
|
|
nsCSSType type;
|
|
PRUint32 flags;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* a callback function that that can revise the result of
|
|
* CheckSpecifiedProperties before finishing; aResult is the current
|
|
* result, and it returns the revised one.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
(* CheckCallbackFn)(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult);
|
|
|
|
/* the information for all the properties in a style struct */
|
|
struct StructCheckData {
|
|
const PropertyCheckData* props;
|
|
PRInt32 nprops;
|
|
CheckCallbackFn callback;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @param aValue the value being examined
|
|
* @param aSpecifiedCount to be incremented by one if the value is specified
|
|
* @param aInherited to be incremented by one if the value is set to inherit
|
|
*/
|
|
inline void
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
++aSpecifiedCount;
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
++aInheritedCount;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ExamineCSSValuePair(const nsCSSValuePair* aValuePair,
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aValuePair, "Must have a value pair");
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aValuePair->mXValue, aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aValuePair->mYValue, aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ExamineCSSRect(const nsCSSRect* aRect,
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRect, "Must have a rect");
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aRect->*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
CheckFontCallback(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsRuleDataFont& fontData =
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleDataFont&>(aData);
|
|
|
|
// em, ex, percent, 'larger', and 'smaller' values on font-size depend
|
|
// on the parent context's font-size
|
|
// Likewise, 'lighter' and 'bolder' values of 'font-weight', and 'wider'
|
|
// and 'narrower' values of 'font-stretch' depend on the parent.
|
|
const nsCSSValue& size = fontData.mSize;
|
|
const nsCSSValue& weight = fontData.mWeight;
|
|
const nsCSSValue& stretch = fontData.mStretch;
|
|
if ((size.IsRelativeLengthUnit() && size.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Pixel) ||
|
|
size.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent ||
|
|
(size.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(size.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_SMALLER ||
|
|
size.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER)) ||
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
fontData.mScriptLevel.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer ||
|
|
#endif
|
|
(stretch.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(stretch.GetIntValue() == NS_FONT_STRETCH_NARROWER ||
|
|
stretch.GetIntValue() == NS_FONT_STRETCH_WIDER)) ||
|
|
(weight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(weight.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER ||
|
|
weight.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER))) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset ||
|
|
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset ||
|
|
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed ||
|
|
aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed,
|
|
"we know we already have a reset-counted property");
|
|
// Promote reset to mixed since we have something that depends on
|
|
// the parent. But never promote to inherited since that could
|
|
// cause inheritance of the exact value.
|
|
if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset)
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed;
|
|
else if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset)
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
CheckColorCallback(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsRuleDataColor& colorData =
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleDataColor&>(aData);
|
|
|
|
// currentColor values for color require inheritance
|
|
if (colorData.mColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor &&
|
|
colorData.mColor.GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset,
|
|
"we should already be counted as full-reset");
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullInherited;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
CheckTextCallback(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsRuleDataText& textData =
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleDataText&>(aData);
|
|
|
|
if (textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
textData.mTextAlign.GetIntValue() ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_MOZ_CENTER_OR_INHERIT) {
|
|
// Promote reset to mixed since we have something that depends on
|
|
// the parent.
|
|
if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRulePartialReset)
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRulePartialMixed;
|
|
else if (aResult == nsRuleNode::eRuleFullReset)
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// for nsCSSPropList.h, so we get information on things in the style
|
|
// structs but not nsCSS*
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_INCLUDE_NOT_CSS
|
|
|
|
#define CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY(name_, id_, method_, flags_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_, stylestructoffset_, animtype_) \
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_, flags_ },
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData FontCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_FONT CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_FONT
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData DisplayCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_DISPLAY CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_DISPLAY
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData VisibilityCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData MarginCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_MARGIN CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_MARGIN
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData BorderCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_BORDER CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_BORDER
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData PaddingCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_PADDING CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_PADDING
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData OutlineCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_OUTLINE CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_OUTLINE
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ListCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_LIST CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_LIST
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ColorCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_COLOR CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_COLOR
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData BackgroundCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData PositionCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_POSITION CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_POSITION
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TableCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TABLE CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLE
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TableBorderCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ContentCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_CONTENT CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_CONTENT
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData QuotesCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_QUOTES CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_QUOTES
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TextCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TEXT CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXT
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TextResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData UserInterfaceCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData UIResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_UIRESET CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_UIRESET
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData XULCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_XUL CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_XUL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData SVGCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_SVG CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_SVG
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData SVGResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_SVGRESET CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_SVGRESET
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ColumnCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_COLUMN CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_COLUMN
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_INCLUDE_NOT_CSS
|
|
#undef CHECK_DATA_FOR_PROPERTY
|
|
|
|
static const StructCheckData gCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
{name##CheckProperties, \
|
|
sizeof(name##CheckProperties)/sizeof(PropertyCheckData), \
|
|
checkdata_cb},
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
{nsnull, 0, nsnull}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb Taking the address of a reference is evil.
|
|
|
|
inline nsCSSValue&
|
|
ValueAtOffset(nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<nsCSSValue*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValue&
|
|
ValueAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<const nsCSSValue*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline nsCSSRect*
|
|
RectAtOffset(nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<nsCSSRect*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSRect*
|
|
RectAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<const nsCSSRect*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline nsCSSValuePair*
|
|
ValuePairAtOffset(nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<nsCSSValuePair*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValuePair*
|
|
ValuePairAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<const nsCSSValuePair*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline nsCSSValueList*&
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<nsCSSValueList**>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValueList*
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<const nsCSSValueList*const*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline nsCSSValuePairList*&
|
|
ValuePairListAtOffset(nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<nsCSSValuePairList**>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValuePairList*
|
|
ValuePairListAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
return * reinterpret_cast<const nsCSSValuePairList*const*>
|
|
(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(&aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(MOZ_MATHML) && defined(DEBUG)
|
|
static PRBool
|
|
AreAllMathMLPropertiesUndefined(const nsCSSFont& aRuleData)
|
|
{
|
|
return aRuleData.mScriptLevel.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
|
|
aRuleData.mScriptSizeMultiplier.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null &&
|
|
aRuleData.mScriptMinSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
inline nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
nsRuleNode::CheckSpecifiedProperties(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct)
|
|
{
|
|
const StructCheckData *structData = gCheckProperties + aSID;
|
|
|
|
// Build a count of the:
|
|
PRUint32 total = 0, // total number of props in the struct
|
|
specified = 0, // number that were specified for this node
|
|
inherited = 0; // number that were 'inherit' (and not
|
|
// eCSSUnit_Inherit) for this node
|
|
|
|
for (const PropertyCheckData *prop = structData->props,
|
|
*prop_end = prop + structData->nprops;
|
|
prop != prop_end;
|
|
++prop)
|
|
switch (prop->type) {
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Value:
|
|
++total;
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(ValueAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Rect:
|
|
total += 4;
|
|
ExamineCSSRect(RectAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_ValuePair:
|
|
total += 2;
|
|
ExamineCSSValuePair(ValuePairAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_ValueList:
|
|
{
|
|
++total;
|
|
const nsCSSValueList* valueList =
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset);
|
|
if (valueList) {
|
|
++specified;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == valueList->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
++inherited;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_ValuePairList:
|
|
{
|
|
++total;
|
|
const nsCSSValuePairList* valuePairList =
|
|
ValuePairListAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset);
|
|
if (valuePairList) {
|
|
++specified;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == valuePairList->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
++inherited;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown type");
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
printf("CheckSpecifiedProperties: SID=%d total=%d spec=%d inh=%d.\n",
|
|
aSID, total, specified, inherited);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aSID != eStyleStruct_Font ||
|
|
mPresContext->Document()->GetMathMLEnabled() ||
|
|
AreAllMathMLPropertiesUndefined(static_cast<const nsCSSFont&>(aRuleDataStruct)),
|
|
"MathML style property was defined even though MathML is disabled");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the most specific information we can: prefer None or Full
|
|
* over Partial, and Reset or Inherited over Mixed, since we can
|
|
* optimize based on the edge cases and not the in-between cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail result;
|
|
if (inherited == total)
|
|
result = eRuleFullInherited;
|
|
else if (specified == total
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
// MathML defines 3 properties in Font that will never be set when
|
|
// MathML is not in use. Therefore if all but three
|
|
// properties have been set, and MathML is not enabled, we can treat
|
|
// this as fully specified. Code in nsMathMLElementFactory will
|
|
// rebuild the rule tree and style data when MathML is first enabled
|
|
// (see nsMathMLElement::BindToTree).
|
|
|| (aSID == eStyleStruct_Font && specified + 3 == total &&
|
|
!mPresContext->Document()->GetMathMLEnabled())
|
|
#endif
|
|
) {
|
|
if (inherited == 0)
|
|
result = eRuleFullReset;
|
|
else
|
|
result = eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
} else if (specified == 0)
|
|
result = eRuleNone;
|
|
else if (specified == inherited)
|
|
result = eRulePartialInherited;
|
|
else if (inherited == 0)
|
|
result = eRulePartialReset;
|
|
else
|
|
result = eRulePartialMixed;
|
|
|
|
if (structData->callback) {
|
|
result = (*structData->callback)(aRuleDataStruct, result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetDisplayData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataDisplay displayData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Display), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mDisplayData = &displayData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Display, aContext, &ruleData, &displayData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetVisibilityData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataDisplay displayData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Visibility), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mDisplayData = &displayData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Visibility, aContext, &ruleData, &displayData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTextData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataText textData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Text), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mTextData = &textData;
|
|
|
|
const void* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Text, aContext, &ruleData, &textData);
|
|
textData.mTextShadow = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTextResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataText textData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(TextReset), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mTextData = &textData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_TextReset, aContext, &ruleData, &textData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetUserInterfaceData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataUserInterface uiData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(UserInterface), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mUserInterfaceData = &uiData;
|
|
|
|
const void* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, aContext, &ruleData, &uiData);
|
|
uiData.mCursor = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetUIResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataUserInterface uiData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(UIReset), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mUserInterfaceData = &uiData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_UIReset, aContext, &ruleData, &uiData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetFontData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataFont fontData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Font), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mFontData = &fontData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Font, aContext, &ruleData, &fontData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetColorData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataColor colorData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Color), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mColorData = &colorData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Color, aContext, &ruleData, &colorData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetBackgroundData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataColor colorData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Background), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mColorData = &colorData;
|
|
|
|
// If any members need to be set to null here, they must also be set to
|
|
// null in HasAuthorSpecifiedRules (look at mBoxShadow in GetBorderData
|
|
// and HasAuthorSpecifiedRules).
|
|
|
|
const void *res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Background, aContext, &ruleData, &colorData);
|
|
|
|
// We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
colorData.mBackImage = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackRepeat = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackAttachment = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackPosition = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackSize = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackClip = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackOrigin = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetMarginData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Margin), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Margin, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetBorderData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Border), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
const void* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Border, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
// We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
// This nulling must also happen in HasAuthorSpecifiedRules.
|
|
marginData.mBoxShadow = nsnull;
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetPaddingData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Padding), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
// If any members need to be set to null here, they must also be set to
|
|
// null in HasAuthorSpecifiedRules (look at mBoxShadow in GetBorderData
|
|
// and HasAuthorSpecifiedRules).
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Padding, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetOutlineData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Outline), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Outline, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetListData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataList listData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(List), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mListData = &listData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_List, aContext, &ruleData, &listData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetPositionData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataPosition posData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Position), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mPositionData = &posData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Position, aContext, &ruleData, &posData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTableData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataTable tableData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Table), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mTableData = &tableData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Table, aContext, &ruleData, &tableData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTableBorderData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataTable tableData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(TableBorder), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mTableData = &tableData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, aContext, &ruleData, &tableData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetContentData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataContent contentData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Content), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mContentData = &contentData;
|
|
|
|
const void* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Content, aContext, &ruleData, &contentData);
|
|
contentData.mCounterIncrement = contentData.mCounterReset = nsnull;
|
|
contentData.mContent = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetQuotesData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataContent contentData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Quotes), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mContentData = &contentData;
|
|
|
|
const void* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Quotes, aContext, &ruleData, &contentData);
|
|
contentData.mQuotes = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetXULData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataXUL xulData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(XUL), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mXULData = &xulData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_XUL, aContext, &ruleData, &xulData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetColumnData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataColumn columnData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Column), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mColumnData = &columnData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Column, aContext, &ruleData, &columnData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetSVGData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataSVG svgData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(SVG), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mSVGData = &svgData;
|
|
|
|
const void *res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_SVG, aContext, &ruleData, &svgData);
|
|
svgData.mStrokeDasharray = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetSVGResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataSVG svgData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(SVGReset), mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
ruleData.mSVGData = &svgData;
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, aContext, &ruleData, &svgData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we need to restrict which properties apply to the style context,
|
|
// return the bit to check in nsCSSProp's flags table. Otherwise,
|
|
// return 0.
|
|
inline PRUint32
|
|
GetPseudoRestriction(nsStyleContext *aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
// This needs to match nsStyleSet::WalkRestrictionRule.
|
|
PRUint32 pseudoRestriction = 0;
|
|
nsIAtom *pseudoType = aContext->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (pseudoType) {
|
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLetter) {
|
|
pseudoRestriction = CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_FIRST_LETTER;
|
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) {
|
|
pseudoRestriction = CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_FIRST_LINE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return pseudoRestriction;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
UnsetPropertiesWithoutFlags(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFlags != 0, "aFlags must be nonzero");
|
|
const StructCheckData *structData = gCheckProperties + aSID;
|
|
|
|
for (const PropertyCheckData *prop = structData->props,
|
|
*prop_end = prop + structData->nprops;
|
|
prop != prop_end;
|
|
++prop) {
|
|
if ((prop->flags & aFlags) == aFlags)
|
|
// Don't unset the property.
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
switch (prop->type) {
|
|
case eCSSType_Value:
|
|
ValueAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset).Reset();
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSType_Rect:
|
|
RectAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset)->Reset();
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSType_ValuePair:
|
|
ValuePairAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset)->Reset();
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSType_ValueList:
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset) = nsnull;
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSType_ValuePairList:
|
|
ValuePairListAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset) = nsnull;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown type");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::WalkRuleTree(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
|
|
nsRuleDataStruct* aSpecificData)
|
|
{
|
|
// We start at the most specific rule in the tree.
|
|
void* startStruct = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* ruleNode = this;
|
|
nsRuleNode* highestNode = nsnull; // The highest node in the rule tree
|
|
// that has the same properties
|
|
// specified for struct |aSID| as
|
|
// |this| does.
|
|
nsRuleNode* rootNode = this; // After the loop below, this will be the
|
|
// highest node that we've walked without
|
|
// finding cached data on the rule tree.
|
|
// If we don't find any cached data, it
|
|
// will be the root. (XXX misnamed)
|
|
RuleDetail detail = eRuleNone;
|
|
PRUint32 bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
|
|
|
|
while (ruleNode) {
|
|
// See if this rule node has cached the fact that the remaining
|
|
// nodes along this path specify no data whatsoever.
|
|
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// If the dependent bit is set on a rule node for this struct, that
|
|
// means its rule won't have any information to add, so skip it.
|
|
while (ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
"dependent bit with cached data makes no sense");
|
|
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
|
|
rootNode = ruleNode;
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!(ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit), "can't have both bits set");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for cached data after the inner loop above -- otherwise
|
|
// we'll miss it.
|
|
startStruct = ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
if (startStruct)
|
|
break; // We found a rule with fully specified data. We don't
|
|
// need to go up the tree any further, since the remainder
|
|
// of this branch has already been computed.
|
|
|
|
// Ask the rule to fill in the properties that it specifies.
|
|
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->mRule;
|
|
if (rule) {
|
|
aRuleData->mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
|
|
aRuleData->mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
|
|
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(aRuleData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now we check to see how many properties have been specified by
|
|
// the rules we've examined so far.
|
|
RuleDetail oldDetail = detail;
|
|
detail = CheckSpecifiedProperties(aSID, *aSpecificData);
|
|
|
|
if (oldDetail == eRuleNone && detail != eRuleNone)
|
|
highestNode = ruleNode;
|
|
|
|
if (detail == eRuleFullReset ||
|
|
detail == eRuleFullMixed ||
|
|
detail == eRuleFullInherited)
|
|
break; // We don't need to examine any more rules. All properties
|
|
// have been fully specified.
|
|
|
|
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
|
|
rootNode = ruleNode;
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If needed, unset the properties that don't have a flag that allows
|
|
// them to be set for this style context. (For example, only some
|
|
// properties apply to :first-line and :first-letter.)
|
|
PRUint32 pseudoRestriction = GetPseudoRestriction(aContext);
|
|
if (pseudoRestriction) {
|
|
UnsetPropertiesWithoutFlags(aSID, *aSpecificData, pseudoRestriction);
|
|
|
|
// Recompute |detail| based on the restrictions we just applied.
|
|
// We can adjust |detail| arbitrarily because of the restriction
|
|
// rule added in nsStyleSet::WalkRestrictionRule.
|
|
detail = CheckSpecifiedProperties(aSID, *aSpecificData);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!startStruct || (detail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
detail != eRuleFullMixed &&
|
|
detail != eRuleFullInherited),
|
|
"can't have start struct and be fully specified");
|
|
|
|
PRBool isReset = nsCachedStyleData::IsReset(aSID);
|
|
if (!highestNode)
|
|
highestNode = rootNode;
|
|
|
|
if (!aRuleData->mCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
detail = eRulePartialMixed; // Treat as though some data is specified to avoid
|
|
// the optimizations and force data computation.
|
|
|
|
if (detail == eRuleNone && startStruct && !aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback) {
|
|
// We specified absolutely no rule information, but a parent rule in the tree
|
|
// specified all the rule information. We set a bit along the branch from our
|
|
// node in the tree to the node that specified the data that tells nodes on that
|
|
// branch that they never need to examine their rules for this particular struct type
|
|
// ever again.
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(bit, ruleNode);
|
|
return startStruct;
|
|
}
|
|
// FIXME Do we need to check for mPostResolveCallback?
|
|
if ((!startStruct && !isReset &&
|
|
(detail == eRuleNone || detail == eRulePartialInherited)) ||
|
|
detail == eRuleFullInherited) {
|
|
// We specified no non-inherited information and neither did any of
|
|
// our parent rules.
|
|
|
|
// We set a bit along the branch from the highest node (ruleNode)
|
|
// down to our node (this) indicating that no non-inherited data was
|
|
// specified. This bit is guaranteed to be set already on the path
|
|
// from the highest node to the root node in the case where
|
|
// (detail == eRuleNone), which is the most common case here.
|
|
// We must check |!isReset| because the Compute*Data functions for
|
|
// reset structs wouldn't handle none bits correctly.
|
|
if (highestNode != this && !isReset)
|
|
PropagateNoneBit(bit, highestNode);
|
|
|
|
// All information must necessarily be inherited from our parent style context.
|
|
// In the absence of any computed data in the rule tree and with
|
|
// no rules specified that didn't have values of 'inherit', we should check our parent.
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
if (isReset) {
|
|
/* Reset structs don't inherit from first-line. */
|
|
/* See similar code in COMPUTE_START_RESET */
|
|
while (parentContext &&
|
|
parentContext->GetPseudo() == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) {
|
|
parentContext = parentContext->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (parentContext) {
|
|
// We have a parent, and so we should just inherit from the parent.
|
|
// Set the inherit bits on our context. These bits tell the style context that
|
|
// it never has to go back to the rule tree for data. Instead the style context tree
|
|
// should be walked to find the data.
|
|
const void* parentStruct = parentContext->GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
aContext->AddStyleBit(bit); // makes const_cast OK.
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(aSID, const_cast<void*>(parentStruct));
|
|
return parentStruct;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
// We are the root. In the case of fonts, the default values just
|
|
// come from the pres context.
|
|
return SetDefaultOnRoot(aSID, aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We need to compute the data from the information that the rules specified.
|
|
const void* res;
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT_TEST aSID
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
res = Compute##name##Data(startStruct, *aSpecificData, aContext, \
|
|
highestNode, detail, aRuleData->mCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT_TEST
|
|
|
|
// If we have a post-resolve callback, handle that now.
|
|
if (aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback && (NS_LIKELY(res != nsnull)))
|
|
(*aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback)(const_cast<void*>(res), aRuleData);
|
|
|
|
// Now return the result.
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetDefaultOnRoot(const nsStyleStructID aSID, nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aSID) {
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Font:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleFont* fontData = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(fontData != nsnull)) {
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
|
|
fontData->mFont.size = NS_MAX(fontData->mSize, minimumFontSize);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
fontData->mFont.size = fontData->mSize;
|
|
}
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Font, fontData);
|
|
}
|
|
return fontData;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Display:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleDisplay* disp = new (mPresContext) nsStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(disp != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Display, disp);
|
|
}
|
|
return disp;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Visibility:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleVisibility* vis = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(vis != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Visibility, vis);
|
|
}
|
|
return vis;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Text:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleText* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(text != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Text, text);
|
|
}
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_TextReset:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleTextReset* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTextReset();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(text != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TextReset, text);
|
|
}
|
|
return text;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Color:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleColor* color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(color != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Color, color);
|
|
}
|
|
return color;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Background:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleBackground* bg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBackground();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(bg != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Background, bg);
|
|
}
|
|
return bg;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Margin:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleMargin* margin = new (mPresContext) nsStyleMargin();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(margin != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Margin, margin);
|
|
}
|
|
return margin;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Border:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleBorder* border = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(border != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Border, border);
|
|
}
|
|
return border;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Padding:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStylePadding* padding = new (mPresContext) nsStylePadding();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(padding != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Padding, padding);
|
|
}
|
|
return padding;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Outline:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleOutline* outline = new (mPresContext) nsStyleOutline(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(outline != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Outline, outline);
|
|
}
|
|
return outline;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_List:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleList* list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(list != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_List, list);
|
|
}
|
|
return list;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Position:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStylePosition* pos = new (mPresContext) nsStylePosition();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(pos != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Position, pos);
|
|
}
|
|
return pos;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Table:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleTable* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTable();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(table != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Table, table);
|
|
}
|
|
return table;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_TableBorder:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleTableBorder* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(table != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, table);
|
|
}
|
|
return table;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Content:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleContent* content = new (mPresContext) nsStyleContent();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(content != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Content, content);
|
|
}
|
|
return content;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Quotes:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleQuotes* quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(quotes != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Quotes, quotes);
|
|
}
|
|
return quotes;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_UserInterface:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleUserInterface* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(ui != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, ui);
|
|
}
|
|
return ui;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleStruct_UIReset:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleUIReset* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUIReset();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(ui != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UIReset, ui);
|
|
}
|
|
return ui;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_XUL:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleXUL* xul = new (mPresContext) nsStyleXUL();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(xul != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_XUL, xul);
|
|
}
|
|
return xul;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Column:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleColumn* column = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColumn(mPresContext);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(column != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Column, column);
|
|
}
|
|
return column;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_SVG:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleSVG* svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(svg != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVG, svg);
|
|
}
|
|
return svg;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_SVGReset:
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleSVGReset* svgReset = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVGReset();
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(svgReset != nsnull)) {
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, svgReset);
|
|
}
|
|
return svgReset;
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
/*
|
|
* unhandled case: nsStyleStructID_Length.
|
|
* last item of nsStyleStructID, to know its length.
|
|
*/
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
}
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This function handles cascading of *-left or *-right box properties
|
|
* against *-start (which is L for LTR and R for RTL) or *-end (which is
|
|
* R for LTR and L for RTL).
|
|
*
|
|
* Cascading these properties correctly is hard because we need to
|
|
* cascade two properties as one, but which two properties depends on a
|
|
* third property ('direction'). We solve this by treating each of
|
|
* these properties (say, 'margin-start') as a shorthand that sets a
|
|
* property containing the value of the property specified
|
|
* ('margin-start-value') and sets a pair of properties
|
|
* ('margin-left-ltr-source' and 'margin-right-rtl-source') saying which
|
|
* of the properties we use. Thus, when we want to compute the value of
|
|
* 'margin-left' when 'direction' is 'ltr', we look at the value of
|
|
* 'margin-left-ltr-source', which tells us whether to use the highest
|
|
* 'margin-left' in the cascade or the highest 'margin-start'.
|
|
*
|
|
* Finally, since we can compute the normal (*-left and *-right)
|
|
* properties in a loop, this function works by modifying the data we
|
|
* will use in that loop (which the caller must copy from the const
|
|
* input).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
nsRuleNode::AdjustLogicalBoxProp(nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aLTRSource,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aRTLSource,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aLTRLogicalValue,
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aRTLLogicalValue,
|
|
PRUint8 aSide,
|
|
nsCSSRect& aValueRect,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
PRBool LTRlogical = aLTRSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
aLTRSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
|
|
PRBool RTLlogical = aRTLSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
aRTLSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
|
|
if (LTRlogical || RTLlogical) {
|
|
// We can't cache anything on the rule tree if we use any data from
|
|
// the style context, since data cached in the rule tree could be
|
|
// used with a style context with a different value.
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
PRUint8 dir = aContext->GetStyleVisibility()->mDirection;
|
|
|
|
if (dir == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_LTR) {
|
|
if (LTRlogical)
|
|
aValueRect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[aSide]) = aLTRLogicalValue;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (RTLlogical)
|
|
aValueRect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[aSide]) = aRTLLogicalValue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for an inherited struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
|
|
* @param ctorargs_ The arguments used for the default nsStyle* constructor.
|
|
* @param data_ Variable (declared here) holding the result of this
|
|
* function.
|
|
* @param parentdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the parent style
|
|
* context's data for this struct.
|
|
* @param rdtype_ The nsCSS* struct type used to compute this struct's data.
|
|
* @param rdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the nsCSS* used here.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(type_, ctorargs_, data_, parentdata_, rdtype_, rdata_) \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRuleDetail != eRuleFullInherited, \
|
|
"should not have bothered calling Compute*Data"); \
|
|
\
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent(); \
|
|
\
|
|
const nsRuleData##rdtype_& rdata_ = \
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleData##rdtype_&>(aData); \
|
|
nsStyle##type_* data_ = nsnull; \
|
|
const nsStyle##type_* parentdata_ = nsnull; \
|
|
PRBool canStoreInRuleTree = aCanStoreInRuleTree; \
|
|
\
|
|
/* If |canStoreInRuleTree| might be true by the time we're done, we */ \
|
|
/* can't call parentContext->GetStyle##type_() since it could recur into */ \
|
|
/* setting the same struct on the same rule node, causing a leak. */ \
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset && \
|
|
(!aStartStruct || (aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset && \
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone))) \
|
|
parentdata_ = parentContext->GetStyle##type_(); \
|
|
if (aStartStruct) \
|
|
/* We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and */ \
|
|
/* our computed data. */ \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) \
|
|
nsStyle##type_(*static_cast<nsStyle##type_*>(aStartStruct)); \
|
|
else { \
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) { \
|
|
/* No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init */ \
|
|
/* with inherited vals from parent. */ \
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE; \
|
|
if (parentdata_) \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_(*parentdata_); \
|
|
else \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
|
|
} \
|
|
else \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
|
|
} \
|
|
\
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!data_)) \
|
|
return nsnull; /* Out Of Memory */ \
|
|
if (!parentdata_) \
|
|
parentdata_ = data_;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for a reset struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
|
|
* @param ctorargs_ The arguments used for the default nsStyle* constructor.
|
|
* @param data_ Variable (declared here) holding the result of this
|
|
* function.
|
|
* @param parentdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the parent style
|
|
* context's data for this struct.
|
|
* @param rdtype_ The nsCSS* struct type used to compute this struct's data.
|
|
* @param rdata_ Variable (declared here) holding the nsCSS* used here.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define COMPUTE_START_RESET(type_, ctorargs_, data_, parentdata_, rdtype_, rdata_) \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRuleDetail != eRuleFullInherited, \
|
|
"should not have bothered calling Compute*Data"); \
|
|
\
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent(); \
|
|
/* Reset structs don't inherit from first-line */ \
|
|
/* See similar code in WalkRuleTree */ \
|
|
while (parentContext && \
|
|
parentContext->GetPseudo() == nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLine) { \
|
|
parentContext = parentContext->GetParent(); \
|
|
} \
|
|
\
|
|
const nsRuleData##rdtype_& rdata_ = \
|
|
static_cast<const nsRuleData##rdtype_&>(aData); \
|
|
nsStyle##type_* data_; \
|
|
if (aStartStruct) \
|
|
/* We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and */ \
|
|
/* our computed data. */ \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) \
|
|
nsStyle##type_(*static_cast<nsStyle##type_*>(aStartStruct)); \
|
|
else \
|
|
data_ = new (mPresContext) nsStyle##type_ ctorargs_; \
|
|
\
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!data_)) \
|
|
return nsnull; /* Out Of Memory */ \
|
|
\
|
|
/* If |canStoreInRuleTree| might be true by the time we're done, we */ \
|
|
/* can't call parentContext->GetStyle##type_() since it could recur into */ \
|
|
/* setting the same struct on the same rule node, causing a leak. */ \
|
|
const nsStyle##type_* parentdata_ = data_; \
|
|
if (parentContext && \
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset && \
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset && \
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone) \
|
|
parentdata_ = parentContext->GetStyle##type_(); \
|
|
PRBool canStoreInRuleTree = aCanStoreInRuleTree;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for an inherited struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
|
|
* @param data_ Variable holding the result of this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(type_, data_) \
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(!canStoreInRuleTree || aRuleDetail == eRuleFullReset || \
|
|
(aStartStruct && aRuleDetail == eRulePartialReset), \
|
|
"canStoreInRuleTree must be false for inherited structs " \
|
|
"unless all properties have been specified with values " \
|
|
"other than inherit"); \
|
|
if (canStoreInRuleTree) { \
|
|
/* We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the */ \
|
|
/* rule node. */ \
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) { \
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = \
|
|
new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData; \
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) { \
|
|
data_->Destroy(mPresContext); \
|
|
return nsnull; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->m##type_##Data, \
|
|
"Going to leak style data"); \
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->m##type_##Data = data_; \
|
|
/* Propagate the bit down. */ \
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(type_), aHighestNode); \
|
|
/* Tell the style context that it doesn't own the data */ \
|
|
aContext-> \
|
|
AddStyleBit(nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_##type_)); \
|
|
} \
|
|
/* Always cache inherited data on the style context */ \
|
|
aContext->SetStyle##type_(data_); \
|
|
\
|
|
return data_;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Begin an nsRuleNode::Compute*Data function for a reset struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param type_ The nsStyle* type this function computes.
|
|
* @param data_ Variable holding the result of this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define COMPUTE_END_RESET(type_, data_) \
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(!canStoreInRuleTree || \
|
|
aRuleDetail == eRuleNone || \
|
|
aRuleDetail == eRulePartialReset || \
|
|
aRuleDetail == eRuleFullReset, \
|
|
"canStoreInRuleTree must be false for reset structs " \
|
|
"if any properties were specified as inherit"); \
|
|
if (!canStoreInRuleTree) \
|
|
/* We can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right */ \
|
|
/* on the style context. */ \
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_##type_, data_); \
|
|
else { \
|
|
/* We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the */ \
|
|
/* rule node. */ \
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) { \
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = \
|
|
new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData; \
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) { \
|
|
data_->Destroy(mPresContext); \
|
|
return nsnull; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->m##type_##Data, \
|
|
"Going to leak style data"); \
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->m##type_##Data = data_; \
|
|
/* Propagate the bit down. */ \
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(type_), aHighestNode); \
|
|
} \
|
|
\
|
|
return data_;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
// This function figures out how much scaling should be suppressed to
|
|
// satisfy scriptminsize. This is our attempt to implement
|
|
// http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2/chapter3.html#id.3.3.4.2.2
|
|
// This is called after mScriptLevel, mScriptMinSize and mScriptSizeMultiplier
|
|
// have been set in aFont.
|
|
//
|
|
// Here are the invariants we enforce:
|
|
// 1) A decrease in size must not reduce the size below minscriptsize.
|
|
// 2) An increase in size must not increase the size above the size we would
|
|
// have if minscriptsize had not been applied anywhere.
|
|
// 3) The scriptlevel-induced size change must between 1.0 and the parent's
|
|
// scriptsizemultiplier^(new script level - old script level), as close to the
|
|
// latter as possible subject to constraints 1 and 2.
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
ComputeScriptLevelSize(const nsStyleFont* aFont, const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nscoord* aUnconstrainedSize)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 scriptLevelChange =
|
|
aFont->mScriptLevel - aParentFont->mScriptLevel;
|
|
if (scriptLevelChange == 0) {
|
|
*aUnconstrainedSize = aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize;
|
|
// Constraint #3 says that we cannot change size, and #1 and #2 are always
|
|
// satisfied with no change. It's important this be fast because it covers
|
|
// all non-MathML content.
|
|
return aParentFont->mSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Compute actual value of minScriptSize
|
|
nscoord minScriptSize =
|
|
nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, aParentFont->mScriptMinSize);
|
|
|
|
double scriptLevelScale =
|
|
pow(aParentFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier, scriptLevelChange);
|
|
// Compute the size we would have had if minscriptsize had never been
|
|
// applied, also prevent overflow (bug 413274)
|
|
*aUnconstrainedSize =
|
|
NSToCoordRound(NS_MIN(aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize*scriptLevelScale,
|
|
double(nscoord_MAX)));
|
|
// Compute the size we could get via scriptlevel change
|
|
nscoord scriptLevelSize =
|
|
NSToCoordRound(NS_MIN(aParentFont->mSize*scriptLevelScale,
|
|
double(nscoord_MAX)));
|
|
if (scriptLevelScale <= 1.0) {
|
|
if (aParentFont->mSize <= minScriptSize) {
|
|
// We can't decrease the font size at all, so just stick to no change
|
|
// (authors are allowed to explicitly set the font size smaller than
|
|
// minscriptsize)
|
|
return aParentFont->mSize;
|
|
}
|
|
// We can decrease, so apply constraint #1
|
|
return NS_MAX(minScriptSize, scriptLevelSize);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// scriptminsize can only make sizes larger than the unconstrained size
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(*aUnconstrainedSize <= scriptLevelSize, "How can this ever happen?");
|
|
// Apply constraint #2
|
|
return NS_MIN(scriptLevelSize, NS_MAX(*aUnconstrainedSize, minScriptSize));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFontSize(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const nsRuleDataFont& aFontData,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aFont,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
|
|
nscoord* aSize,
|
|
const nsFont& aSystemFont,
|
|
nscoord aParentSize,
|
|
nscoord aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize,
|
|
PRBool aUsedStartStruct,
|
|
PRBool aAtRoot,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
PRBool zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
PRInt32 baseSize = (PRInt32) aPresContext->
|
|
GetDefaultFont(aFont->mGenericID)->size;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
PRInt32 value = aFontData.mSize.GetIntValue();
|
|
PRInt32 scaler = aPresContext->FontScaler();
|
|
float scaleFactor = nsStyleUtil::GetScalingFactor(scaler);
|
|
|
|
zoom = PR_TRUE;
|
|
if ((NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXSMALL <= value) &&
|
|
(value <= NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXLARGE)) {
|
|
*aSize = nsStyleUtil::CalcFontPointSize(value, baseSize,
|
|
scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXXLARGE == value) {
|
|
// <font size="7"> is not specified in CSS, so we don't use eFontSize_CSS.
|
|
*aSize = nsStyleUtil::CalcFontPointSize(value, baseSize,
|
|
scaleFactor, aPresContext);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_SMALLER == value) {
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// Un-zoom so we use the tables correctly. We'll then rezoom due
|
|
// to the |zoom = PR_TRUE| above.
|
|
// Note that relative units here use the parent's size unadjusted
|
|
// for scriptlevel changes. A scriptlevel change between us and the parent
|
|
// is simply ignored.
|
|
nscoord parentSize =
|
|
nsStyleFont::UnZoomText(aPresContext, aParentSize);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value) {
|
|
*aSize = nsStyleUtil::FindNextLargerFontSize(parentSize,
|
|
baseSize, scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(*aSize > parentSize,
|
|
"FindNextLargerFontSize failed");
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
*aSize = nsStyleUtil::FindNextSmallerFontSize(parentSize,
|
|
baseSize, scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(*aSize < parentSize ||
|
|
parentSize <= nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1),
|
|
"FindNextSmallerFontSize failed");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected value");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aFontData.mSize.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
// Note that font-based length units use the parent's size unadjusted
|
|
// for scriptlevel changes. A scriptlevel change between us and the parent
|
|
// is simply ignored.
|
|
*aSize = CalcLengthWith(aFontData.mSize, aParentSize, aParentFont, nsnull,
|
|
aPresContext, aAtRoot, PR_TRUE,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
zoom = aFontData.mSize.IsFixedLengthUnit() ||
|
|
aFontData.mSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Percent == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
// Note that % units use the parent's size unadjusted for scriptlevel
|
|
// changes. A scriptlevel change between us and the parent is simply
|
|
// ignored.
|
|
*aSize = NSToCoordRound(aParentSize *
|
|
aFontData.mSize.GetPercentValue());
|
|
zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// this becomes our cascading size
|
|
*aSize = aSystemFont.size;
|
|
zoom = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
// We apply scriptlevel change for this case, because the default is
|
|
// to inherit and we don't want explicit "inherit" to differ from the
|
|
// default.
|
|
*aSize = aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize;
|
|
zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// The initial value is 'medium', which has magical sizing based on
|
|
// the generic font family, so do that here too.
|
|
*aSize = baseSize;
|
|
zoom = PR_TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit(),
|
|
"What kind of font-size value is this?");
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
// if aUsedStartStruct is true, then every single property in the
|
|
// font struct is being set all at once. This means scriptlevel is not
|
|
// going to have any influence on the font size; there is no need to
|
|
// do anything here.
|
|
if (!aUsedStartStruct && aParentSize != aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize) {
|
|
// There was no rule affecting the size but the size has been
|
|
// affected by the parent's size via scriptlevel change. So we cannot
|
|
// store the data in the rule tree.
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
*aSize = aScriptLevelAdjustedParentSize;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We want to zoom the cascaded size so that em-based measurements,
|
|
// line-heights, etc., work.
|
|
if (zoom) {
|
|
*aSize = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, *aSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PRInt8 ClampTo8Bit(PRInt32 aValue) {
|
|
if (aValue < -128)
|
|
return -128;
|
|
if (aValue > 127)
|
|
return 127;
|
|
return PRInt8(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nscoord aMinFontSize,
|
|
PRUint8 aGenericFontID, const nsRuleDataFont& aFontData,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
|
|
nsStyleFont* aFont, PRBool aUsedStartStruct,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsFont* defaultVariableFont =
|
|
aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(kPresContext_DefaultVariableFont_ID);
|
|
PRBool atRoot = !aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
// -moz-system-font: enum (never inherit!)
|
|
nsFont systemFont;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mSystemFont.GetUnit()) {
|
|
nsSystemFontID sysID;
|
|
switch (aFontData.mSystemFont.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_CAPTION: sysID = eSystemFont_Caption; break; // css2
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_ICON: sysID = eSystemFont_Icon; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_MENU: sysID = eSystemFont_Menu; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_MESSAGE_BOX: sysID = eSystemFont_MessageBox; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_SMALL_CAPTION: sysID = eSystemFont_SmallCaption; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_STATUS_BAR: sysID = eSystemFont_StatusBar; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WINDOW: sysID = eSystemFont_Window; break; // css3
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DOCUMENT: sysID = eSystemFont_Document; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WORKSPACE: sysID = eSystemFont_Workspace; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DESKTOP: sysID = eSystemFont_Desktop; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_INFO: sysID = eSystemFont_Info; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DIALOG: sysID = eSystemFont_Dialog; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_BUTTON: sysID = eSystemFont_Button; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_PULL_DOWN_MENU:sysID = eSystemFont_PullDownMenu; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_LIST: sysID = eSystemFont_List; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_FIELD: sysID = eSystemFont_Field; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetSystemFont sets the font face but not necessarily the size
|
|
// XXX Or at least it used to -- no longer true for thebes. Maybe
|
|
// it should be again, though.
|
|
systemFont.size = defaultVariableFont->size;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(aPresContext->DeviceContext()->GetSystemFont(sysID,
|
|
&systemFont))) {
|
|
systemFont.name = defaultVariableFont->name;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb All of this platform-specific stuff should be in the
|
|
// nsIDeviceContext implementations, not here.
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XP_WIN
|
|
//
|
|
// As far as I can tell the system default fonts and sizes for
|
|
// on MS-Windows for Buttons, Listboxes/Comboxes and Text Fields are
|
|
// all pre-determined and cannot be changed by either the control panel
|
|
// or programmtically.
|
|
//
|
|
switch (sysID) {
|
|
// Fields (text fields)
|
|
// Button and Selects (listboxes/comboboxes)
|
|
// We use whatever font is defined by the system. Which it appears
|
|
// (and the assumption is) it is always a proportional font. Then we
|
|
// always use 2 points smaller than what the browser has defined as
|
|
// the default proportional font.
|
|
case eSystemFont_Field:
|
|
case eSystemFont_Button:
|
|
case eSystemFont_List:
|
|
// Assumption: system defined font is proportional
|
|
systemFont.size =
|
|
NS_MAX(defaultVariableFont->size - aPresContext->PointsToAppUnits(2), 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
// In case somebody explicitly used -moz-use-system-font.
|
|
systemFont = *defaultVariableFont;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-family: string list, enum, inherit
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Enumerated != aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit(),
|
|
"system fonts should not be in mFamily anymore");
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Families == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// set the correct font if we are using DocumentFonts OR we are overriding for XUL
|
|
// MJA: bug 31816
|
|
if (aGenericFontID == kGenericFont_NONE) {
|
|
// only bother appending fallback fonts if this isn't a fallback generic font itself
|
|
if (!aFont->mFont.name.IsEmpty())
|
|
aFont->mFont.name.Append((PRUnichar)',');
|
|
// defaultVariableFont.name should always be "serif" or "sans-serif".
|
|
aFont->mFont.name.Append(defaultVariableFont->name);
|
|
}
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks =
|
|
(aPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks &&
|
|
aFontData.mFamilyFromHTML);
|
|
aFont->mFont.systemFont = PR_FALSE;
|
|
// Technically this is redundant with the code below, but it's good
|
|
// to have since we'll still want it once we get rid of
|
|
// SetGenericFont (bug 380915).
|
|
aFont->mGenericID = aGenericFontID;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = systemFont.name;
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mFont.systemFont = PR_TRUE;
|
|
aFont->mGenericID = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = aParentFont->mFont.name;
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = aParentFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks;
|
|
aFont->mFont.systemFont = aParentFont->mFont.systemFont;
|
|
aFont->mGenericID = aParentFont->mGenericID;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = defaultVariableFont->name;
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mFont.systemFont = defaultVariableFont->systemFont;
|
|
aFont->mGenericID = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When we're in the loop in SetGenericFont, we must ensure that we
|
|
// always keep aFont->mFlags set to the correct generic. But we have
|
|
// to be careful not to touch it when we're called directly from
|
|
// ComputeFontData, because we could have a start struct.
|
|
if (aGenericFontID != kGenericFont_NONE) {
|
|
aFont->mGenericID = aGenericFontID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// font-style: enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
|
|
SetDiscrete(aFontData.mStyle, aFont->mFont.style, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT,
|
|
aParentFont->mFont.style,
|
|
defaultVariableFont->style,
|
|
0, 0, 0, systemFont.style);
|
|
|
|
// font-variant: enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
|
|
SetDiscrete(aFontData.mVariant, aFont->mFont.variant, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT,
|
|
aParentFont->mFont.variant,
|
|
defaultVariableFont->variant,
|
|
0, 0, 0, systemFont.variant);
|
|
|
|
// font-weight: int, enum, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
|
|
// special handling for enum
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
PRInt32 value = aFontData.mWeight.GetIntValue();
|
|
switch (value) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD:
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = value;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER:
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = nsStyleUtil::ConstrainFontWeight(aParentFont->mFont.weight + value);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
SetDiscrete(aFontData.mWeight, aFont->mFont.weight, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_INTEGER | SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT,
|
|
aParentFont->mFont.weight,
|
|
defaultVariableFont->weight,
|
|
0, 0, 0, systemFont.weight);
|
|
|
|
// font-stretch: enum, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mStretch.GetUnit()) {
|
|
PRInt32 value = aFontData.mStretch.GetIntValue();
|
|
switch (value) {
|
|
case NS_FONT_STRETCH_WIDER:
|
|
case NS_FONT_STRETCH_NARROWER:
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mFont.stretch = aParentFont->mFont.stretch + value;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
aFont->mFont.stretch = value;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
SetDiscrete(aFontData.mStretch, aFont->mFont.stretch, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_SYSTEM_FONT,
|
|
aParentFont->mFont.stretch,
|
|
defaultVariableFont->stretch,
|
|
0, 0, 0, systemFont.stretch);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
// Compute scriptlevel, scriptminsize and scriptsizemultiplier now so
|
|
// they're available for font-size computation.
|
|
|
|
// -moz-script-min-size: length
|
|
if (aFontData.mScriptMinSize.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
// scriptminsize in font units (em, ex) has to be interpreted relative
|
|
// to the parent font, or the size definitions are circular and we
|
|
//
|
|
aFont->mScriptMinSize =
|
|
CalcLengthWith(aFontData.mScriptMinSize, aParentFont->mSize, aParentFont,
|
|
nsnull, aPresContext, atRoot, PR_TRUE,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -moz-script-size-multiplier: factor, inherit, initial
|
|
SetFactor(aFontData.mScriptSizeMultiplier, aFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree, aParentFont->mScriptSizeMultiplier,
|
|
NS_MATHML_DEFAULT_SCRIPT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER,
|
|
SETFCT_POSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
// -moz-script-level: integer, number, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == aFontData.mScriptLevel.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// "relative"
|
|
aFont->mScriptLevel = ClampTo8Bit(aParentFont->mScriptLevel + aFontData.mScriptLevel.GetIntValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Number == aFontData.mScriptLevel.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// "absolute"
|
|
aFont->mScriptLevel = ClampTo8Bit(PRInt32(aFontData.mScriptLevel.GetFloatValue()));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mScriptSizeMultiplier.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
aFont->mScriptLevel = aParentFont->mScriptLevel;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mScriptSizeMultiplier.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aFont->mScriptLevel = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// font-size: enum, length, percent, inherit
|
|
nscoord scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize = aParentFont->mSize;
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
nscoord scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize;
|
|
scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize =
|
|
ComputeScriptLevelSize(aFont, aParentFont, aPresContext,
|
|
&scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aUsedStartStruct || aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize == aFont->mSize,
|
|
"If we have a start struct, we should have reset everything coming in here");
|
|
#endif
|
|
SetFontSize(aPresContext, aFontData, aFont, aParentFont, &aFont->mSize,
|
|
systemFont, aParentFont->mSize, scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize,
|
|
aUsedStartStruct, atRoot, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_MATHML
|
|
if (aParentFont->mSize == aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize &&
|
|
scriptLevelAdjustedParentSize == scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize) {
|
|
// Fast path: we have not been affected by scriptminsize so we don't
|
|
// need to call SetFontSize again to compute the
|
|
// scriptminsize-unconstrained size. This is OK even if we have a
|
|
// start struct, because if we have a start struct then 'font-size'
|
|
// was specified and so scriptminsize has no effect.
|
|
aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize = aFont->mSize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetFontSize(aPresContext, aFontData, aFont, aParentFont,
|
|
&aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize, systemFont,
|
|
aParentFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize,
|
|
scriptLevelAdjustedUnconstrainedParentSize,
|
|
aUsedStartStruct, atRoot, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFont->mScriptUnconstrainedSize <= aFont->mSize,
|
|
"scriptminsize should never be making things bigger");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// enforce the user' specified minimum font-size on the value that we expose
|
|
// (but don't change font-size:0)
|
|
if (0 < aFont->mSize && aFont->mSize < aMinFontSize)
|
|
aFont->mFont.size = aMinFontSize;
|
|
else
|
|
aFont->mFont.size = aFont->mSize;
|
|
|
|
// font-size-adjust: number, none, inherit, initial, -moz-system-font
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_System_Font == aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetUnit()) {
|
|
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = systemFont.sizeAdjust;
|
|
} else
|
|
SetFactor(aFontData.mSizeAdjust, aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree, aParentFont->mFont.sizeAdjust, 0.0f,
|
|
SETFCT_NONE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGenericFont:
|
|
// - backtrack to an ancestor with the same generic font name (possibly
|
|
// up to the root where default values come from the presentation context)
|
|
// - re-apply cascading rules from there without caching intermediate values
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
PRUint8 aGenericFontID, nscoord aMinFontSize,
|
|
nsStyleFont* aFont)
|
|
{
|
|
// walk up the contexts until a context with the desired generic font
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsStyleContext*, 8> contextPath;
|
|
contextPath.AppendElement(aContext);
|
|
nsStyleContext* higherContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
while (higherContext) {
|
|
if (higherContext->GetStyleFont()->mGenericID == aGenericFontID) {
|
|
// done walking up the higher contexts
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
contextPath.AppendElement(higherContext);
|
|
higherContext = higherContext->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// re-apply the cascading rules, starting from the higher context
|
|
|
|
// If we stopped earlier because we reached the root of the style tree,
|
|
// we will start with the default generic font from the presentation
|
|
// context. Otherwise we start with the higher context.
|
|
const nsFont* defaultFont = aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(aGenericFontID);
|
|
nsStyleFont parentFont(*defaultFont, aPresContext);
|
|
if (higherContext) {
|
|
const nsStyleFont* tmpFont = higherContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
parentFont = *tmpFont;
|
|
}
|
|
*aFont = parentFont;
|
|
|
|
PRBool dummy;
|
|
PRUint32 fontBit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_Font);
|
|
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = contextPath.Length() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
|
|
nsStyleContext* context = contextPath[i];
|
|
nsRuleDataFont fontData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Font), aPresContext, context);
|
|
ruleData.mFontData = &fontData;
|
|
|
|
// Trimmed down version of ::WalkRuleTree() to re-apply the style rules
|
|
// Note that we *do* need to do this for our own data, since what is
|
|
// in |fontData| in ComputeFontData is only for the rules below
|
|
// aStartStruct.
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* ruleNode = context->GetRuleNode(); ruleNode;
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & fontBit)
|
|
// no more font rules on this branch, get out
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->GetRule();
|
|
if (rule) {
|
|
ruleData.mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
|
|
ruleData.mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
|
|
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Compute the delta from the information that the rules specified
|
|
|
|
// Avoid unnecessary operations in SetFont(). But we care if it's
|
|
// the final value that we're computing.
|
|
if (i != 0)
|
|
fontData.mFamily.Reset();
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(aPresContext, context, aMinFontSize,
|
|
aGenericFontID, fontData, &parentFont, aFont,
|
|
PR_FALSE, dummy);
|
|
|
|
// XXX Not sure if we need to do this here
|
|
// If we have a post-resolve callback, handle that now.
|
|
if (ruleData.mPostResolveCallback)
|
|
(ruleData.mPostResolveCallback)(aFont, &ruleData);
|
|
|
|
parentFont = *aFont;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PRBool ExtractGeneric(const nsString& aFamily, PRBool aGeneric,
|
|
void *aData)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoString *data = static_cast<nsAutoString*>(aData);
|
|
|
|
if (aGeneric) {
|
|
*data = aFamily;
|
|
return PR_FALSE; // stop enumeration
|
|
}
|
|
return PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeFontData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Font, (mPresContext), font, parentFont,
|
|
Font, fontData)
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: The |aRuleDetail| passed in is a little bit conservative due
|
|
// to the -moz-system-font property. We really don't need to consider
|
|
// it here in determining whether to cache in the rule tree. However,
|
|
// we do need to consider it in WalkRuleTree when deciding whether to
|
|
// walk further up the tree. So this means that when the font struct
|
|
// is fully specified using *longhand* properties (excluding
|
|
// -moz-system-font), we won't cache in the rule tree even though we
|
|
// could. However, it's pretty unlikely authors will do that
|
|
// (although there is a pretty good chance they'll fully specify it
|
|
// using the 'font' shorthand).
|
|
|
|
// See if there is a minimum font-size constraint to honor
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize < 0)
|
|
minimumFontSize = 0;
|
|
|
|
PRBool useDocumentFonts =
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UseDocumentFonts);
|
|
|
|
// See if we are in the chrome
|
|
// We only need to know this to determine if we have to use the
|
|
// document fonts (overriding the useDocumentFonts flag), or to
|
|
// determine if we have to override the minimum font-size constraint.
|
|
if ((!useDocumentFonts || minimumFontSize > 0) && mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
|
|
// if we are not using document fonts, but this is a XUL document,
|
|
// then we use the document fonts anyway
|
|
useDocumentFonts = PR_TRUE;
|
|
minimumFontSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out if we are a generic font
|
|
PRUint8 generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
// XXXldb What if we would have had a string if we hadn't been doing
|
|
// the optimization with a non-null aStartStruct?
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Families == fontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
fontData.mFamily.GetStringValue(font->mFont.name);
|
|
// XXXldb Do we want to extract the generic for this if it's not only a
|
|
// generic?
|
|
nsFont::GetGenericID(font->mFont.name, &generic);
|
|
|
|
// If we aren't allowed to use document fonts, then we are only entitled
|
|
// to use the user's default variable-width font and fixed-width font
|
|
if (!useDocumentFonts) {
|
|
// Extract the generic from the specified font family...
|
|
nsAutoString genericName;
|
|
if (!font->mFont.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractGeneric, &genericName)) {
|
|
// The specified font had a generic family.
|
|
font->mFont.name = genericName;
|
|
nsFont::GetGenericID(genericName, &generic);
|
|
|
|
// ... and only use it if it's -moz-fixed or monospace
|
|
if (generic != kGenericFont_moz_fixed &&
|
|
generic != kGenericFont_monospace) {
|
|
font->mFont.name.Truncate();
|
|
generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The specified font did not have a generic family.
|
|
font->mFont.name.Truncate();
|
|
generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now compute our font struct
|
|
if (generic == kGenericFont_NONE) {
|
|
// continue the normal processing
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(mPresContext, aContext, minimumFontSize, generic,
|
|
fontData, parentFont, font,
|
|
aStartStruct != nsnull, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// re-calculate the font as a generic font
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(mPresContext, aContext, generic,
|
|
minimumFontSize, font);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Font, font)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<nsCSSShadowArray>
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetShadowData(nsCSSValueList* aList,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
PRBool aIsBoxShadow,
|
|
PRBool& canStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
PRUint32 arrayLength = 0;
|
|
for (nsCSSValueList *list2 = aList; list2; list2 = list2->mNext)
|
|
++arrayLength;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(arrayLength > 0, "Non-null text-shadow list, yet we counted 0 items.");
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* shadowList = new(arrayLength) nsCSSShadowArray(arrayLength);
|
|
|
|
if (!shadowList)
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
|
|
PRBool unitOK;
|
|
for (nsCSSShadowItem* item = shadowList->ShadowAt(0);
|
|
aList;
|
|
aList = aList->mNext, ++item) {
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = aList->mValue.GetArrayValue();
|
|
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
|
|
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(0), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
|
|
item->mXOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
|
|
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(1), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
|
|
item->mYOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
|
|
// Blur radius is optional in the current box-shadow spec
|
|
if (arr->Item(2).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(2), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
|
|
item->mRadius = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
item->mRadius = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the spread radius
|
|
if (aIsBoxShadow && arr->Item(3).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
unitOK = SetCoord(arr->Item(3), tempCoord, nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
|
|
item->mSpread = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
item->mSpread = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (arr->Item(4).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
item->mHasColor = PR_TRUE;
|
|
// 2nd argument can be bogus since inherit is not a valid color
|
|
unitOK = SetColor(arr->Item(4), 0, mPresContext, aContext, item->mColor,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(unitOK, "unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aIsBoxShadow && arr->Item(5).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(arr->Item(5).GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BOX_SHADOW_INSET,
|
|
"invalid keyword type for box shadow");
|
|
item->mInset = PR_TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
item->mInset = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ADDREF(shadowList);
|
|
return shadowList;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Text, (), text, parentText, Text, textData)
|
|
|
|
// tab-size: integer, inherit
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mTabSize, text->mTabSize, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_INTEGER, parentText->mTabSize,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TABSIZE_INITIAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// letter-spacing: normal, length, inherit
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mLetterSpacing, text->mLetterSpacing, parentText->mLetterSpacing,
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// text-shadow: none, list, inherit, initial
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list = textData.mTextShadow;
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
text->mTextShadow = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
// Don't need to handle none/initial explicitly: The above assignment
|
|
// takes care of that
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
text->mTextShadow = parentText->mTextShadow;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Array == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// List of arrays
|
|
text->mTextShadow = GetShadowData(list, aContext, PR_FALSE,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// line-height: normal, number, length, percent, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
// Use |mFont.size| to pick up minimum font size.
|
|
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(
|
|
nscoord(float(aContext->GetStyleFont()->mFont.size) *
|
|
textData.mLineHeight.GetPercentValue()));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_System_Font == textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
text->mLineHeight.SetNormalValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mLineHeight, text->mLineHeight, parentText->mLineHeight,
|
|
SETCOORD_LEH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_NORMAL,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
if (textData.mLineHeight.IsFixedLengthUnit() ||
|
|
textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel) {
|
|
nscoord lh = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(mPresContext,
|
|
text->mLineHeight.GetCoordValue());
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !mPresContext->IsChrome()) {
|
|
// If we applied a minimum font size, scale the line height by
|
|
// the same ratio. (If we *might* have applied a minimum font
|
|
// size, we can't cache in the rule tree.)
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
const nsStyleFont *font = aContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
if (font->mSize != 0) {
|
|
lh = nscoord(float(lh) * float(font->mFont.size) / float(font->mSize));
|
|
} else {
|
|
lh = minimumFontSize;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(lh);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-align: enum, string, inherit, initial
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_String == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("align string");
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit() &&
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_MOZ_CENTER_OR_INHERIT ==
|
|
textData.mTextAlign.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
PRUint8 parentAlign = parentText->mTextAlign;
|
|
text->mTextAlign = (NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_DEFAULT == parentAlign) ?
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER : parentAlign;
|
|
} else
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mTextAlign, text->mTextAlign, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mTextAlign,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// text-indent: length, percent, inherit, initial
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mTextIndent, text->mTextIndent, parentText->mTextIndent,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// text-transform: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mTextTransform, text->mTextTransform, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mTextTransform,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_TRANSFORM_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// white-space: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mWhiteSpace, text->mWhiteSpace, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mWhiteSpace,
|
|
NS_STYLE_WHITESPACE_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// word-spacing: normal, length, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
|
|
if (SetCoord(textData.mWordSpacing, tempCoord,
|
|
nsStyleCoord(parentText->mWordSpacing,
|
|
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
if (tempCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
text->mWordSpacing = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else if (tempCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Normal) {
|
|
text->mWordSpacing = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(textData.mWordSpacing.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// word-wrap: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mWordWrap, text->mWordWrap, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mWordWrap,
|
|
NS_STYLE_WORDWRAP_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Text, text)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextResetData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(TextReset, (), text, parentText, Text, textData)
|
|
|
|
// vertical-align: enum, length, percent, inherit
|
|
if (!SetCoord(textData.mVerticalAlign, text->mVerticalAlign,
|
|
parentText->mVerticalAlign, SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == textData.mVerticalAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
text->mVerticalAlign.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE,
|
|
eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// text-decoration: enum (bit field), inherit, initial
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
PRInt32 td = textData.mDecoration.GetIntValue();
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = td;
|
|
if (td & NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_PREF_ANCHORS) {
|
|
PRBool underlineLinks =
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UnderlineLinks);
|
|
if (underlineLinks) {
|
|
text->mTextDecoration |= NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_UNDERLINE;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
text->mTextDecoration &= ~NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_UNDERLINE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = parentText->mTextDecoration;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// unicode-bidi: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(textData.mUnicodeBidi, text->mUnicodeBidi, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentText->mUnicodeBidi,
|
|
NS_STYLE_UNICODE_BIDI_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(TextReset, text)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeUserInterfaceData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(UserInterface, (), ui, parentUI,
|
|
UserInterface, uiData)
|
|
|
|
// cursor: enum, url, inherit
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list = uiData.mCursor;
|
|
if (nsnull != list) {
|
|
delete [] ui->mCursorArray;
|
|
ui->mCursorArray = nsnull;
|
|
ui->mCursorArrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
ui->mCursor = parentUI->mCursor;
|
|
ui->CopyCursorArrayFrom(*parentUI);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
ui->mCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// The parser will never create a list that is *all* URL values --
|
|
// that's invalid.
|
|
PRUint32 arrayLength = 0;
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list2 = list;
|
|
for ( ; list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array; list = list->mNext)
|
|
if (list->mValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0).GetImageValue())
|
|
++arrayLength;
|
|
|
|
if (arrayLength != 0) {
|
|
ui->mCursorArray = new nsCursorImage[arrayLength];
|
|
if (ui->mCursorArray) {
|
|
ui->mCursorArrayLength = arrayLength;
|
|
|
|
for (nsCursorImage *item = ui->mCursorArray;
|
|
list2->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array;
|
|
list2 = list2->mNext) {
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = list2->mValue.GetArrayValue();
|
|
imgIRequest *req = arr->Item(0).GetImageValue();
|
|
if (req) {
|
|
item->mImage = req;
|
|
if (arr->Item(1).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
item->mHaveHotspot = PR_TRUE;
|
|
item->mHotspotX = arr->Item(1).GetFloatValue(),
|
|
item->mHotspotY = arr->Item(2).GetFloatValue();
|
|
}
|
|
++item;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(list, "Must have non-array value at the end");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated,
|
|
"Unexpected fallback value at end of cursor list");
|
|
ui->mCursor = list->mValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// user-input: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mUserInput, ui->mUserInput, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mUserInput,
|
|
NS_STYLE_USER_INPUT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// user-modify: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mUserModify, ui->mUserModify, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mUserModify,
|
|
NS_STYLE_USER_MODIFY_READ_ONLY,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// user-focus: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mUserFocus, ui->mUserFocus, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mUserFocus,
|
|
NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(UserInterface, ui)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeUIResetData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(UIReset, (), ui, parentUI, UserInterface, uiData)
|
|
|
|
// user-select: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mUserSelect, ui->mUserSelect, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mUserSelect,
|
|
NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// ime-mode: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mIMEMode, ui->mIMEMode, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mIMEMode,
|
|
NS_STYLE_IME_MODE_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// force-broken-image-icons: integer, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mForceBrokenImageIcon, ui->mForceBrokenImageIcon,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_INTEGER,
|
|
parentUI->mForceBrokenImageIcon,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// -moz-window-shadow: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(uiData.mWindowShadow, ui->mWindowShadow, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentUI->mWindowShadow,
|
|
NS_STYLE_WINDOW_SHADOW_DEFAULT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(UIReset, ui)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Given a -moz-transform token stream, accumulates them into an
|
|
* nsStyleTransformMatrix
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aList The nsCSSValueList of arrays to read into transform functions.
|
|
* @param aContext The style context to use for unit conversion.
|
|
* @param aPresContext The presentation context to use for unit conversion
|
|
* @param aCanStoreInRuleTree This is set to PR_FALSE if the value cannot be stored in the rule tree.
|
|
* @return An nsStyleTransformMatrix corresponding to the net transform.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsStyleTransformMatrix ReadTransforms(const nsCSSValueList* aList,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
PRBool &aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleTransformMatrix result;
|
|
|
|
for (const nsCSSValueList* curr = aList; curr != nsnull; curr = curr->mNext) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &currElem = curr->mValue;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(currElem.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function,
|
|
"Stream should consist solely of functions!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(currElem.GetArrayValue()->Count() >= 1,
|
|
"Incoming function is too short!");
|
|
|
|
/* Read in a single transform matrix, then accumulate it with the total. */
|
|
nsStyleTransformMatrix currMatrix;
|
|
currMatrix.SetToTransformFunction(currElem.GetArrayValue(), aContext,
|
|
aPresContext, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
result *= currMatrix;
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A simple helper function to get the length of a nsCSSValueList
|
|
inline static PRUint32 GetValueListLength(nsCSSValueList* aValueList)
|
|
{
|
|
PRUint32 len = 0;
|
|
nsCSSValueList* val = aValueList;
|
|
while (val) {
|
|
len++;
|
|
val = val->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
return len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about each transition property that is constant.
|
|
struct TransitionPropInfo {
|
|
// Location of the property's specified value.
|
|
nsCSSValueList* nsRuleDataDisplay::* rdList;
|
|
// Location of the count of the property's computed value.
|
|
PRUint32 nsStyleDisplay::* sdCount;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
|
|
// mutable array |transitionPropData| below.
|
|
static const TransitionPropInfo transitionPropInfo[4] = {
|
|
{ &nsRuleDataDisplay::mTransitionDelay,
|
|
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionDelayCount },
|
|
{ &nsRuleDataDisplay::mTransitionDuration,
|
|
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionDurationCount },
|
|
{ &nsRuleDataDisplay::mTransitionProperty,
|
|
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionPropertyCount },
|
|
{ &nsRuleDataDisplay::mTransitionTimingFunction,
|
|
&nsStyleDisplay::mTransitionTimingFunctionCount },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Information about each transition property that changes during
|
|
// ComputeDisplayData.
|
|
struct TransitionPropData {
|
|
nsCSSValueList *list;
|
|
PRBool inherited;
|
|
PRUint32 num;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeDisplayData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Display, (), display, parentDisplay,
|
|
Display, displayData)
|
|
|
|
// Each property's index in this array must match its index in the
|
|
// const array |transitionPropInfo| above.
|
|
TransitionPropData transitionPropData[4];
|
|
TransitionPropData& delay = transitionPropData[0];
|
|
TransitionPropData& duration = transitionPropData[1];
|
|
TransitionPropData& property = transitionPropData[2];
|
|
TransitionPropData& timingFunction = transitionPropData[3];
|
|
|
|
#define FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(var_) \
|
|
for (PRUint32 var_ = 0; var_ < 4; ++var_)
|
|
|
|
// CSS Transitions
|
|
|
|
// The four transition properties are stored in nsCSSDisplay in a
|
|
// single array for all properties. The number of transitions is
|
|
// equal to the number of items in the longest property's value.
|
|
// Properties that have fewer values than the longest are filled in by
|
|
// repeating the list. However, this repetition does not extend the
|
|
// computed value of that particular property (for purposes of
|
|
// inheritance, or, in our code, for when other properties are
|
|
// overridden by a more specific rule).
|
|
|
|
// But actually, since the spec isn't clear yet, we'll fully compute
|
|
// all of them (so we can switch easily later), but only care about
|
|
// the ones up to the number of items for 'transition-property', per
|
|
// http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2009Aug/0109.html .
|
|
|
|
// Transitions are difficult to handle correctly because of this. For
|
|
// example, we need to handle scenarios such as:
|
|
// * a more general rule specifies transition-property: a, b, c;
|
|
// * a more specific rule overrides as transition-property: d;
|
|
//
|
|
// If only the general rule applied, we would fill in the extra
|
|
// properties (duration, delay, etc) with initial values to create 3
|
|
// fully-specified transitions. But when the more specific rule
|
|
// applies, we should only create a single transition. In order to do
|
|
// this we need to remember which properties were explicitly specified
|
|
// and which ones were just filled in with initial values to get a
|
|
// fully-specified transition, which we do by remembering the number
|
|
// of values for each property.
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 numTransitions = 0;
|
|
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
|
|
const TransitionPropInfo& i = transitionPropInfo[p];
|
|
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
|
|
|
|
d.list = displayData.*(i.rdList);
|
|
|
|
// cache whether any of the properties are specified as 'inherit' so
|
|
// we can use it below
|
|
d.inherited = d.list && d.list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit;
|
|
d.num = 0;
|
|
|
|
// General algorithm to determine how many total transitions we need
|
|
// to build. For each property:
|
|
// - if there is no value specified in for the property in
|
|
// displayData, use the values from the start struct, but only if
|
|
// they were explicitly specified
|
|
// - if there is a value specified for the property in displayData:
|
|
// - if the value is 'inherit', count the number of values for
|
|
// that property are specified by the parent, but only those
|
|
// that were explicitly specified
|
|
// - otherwise, count the number of values specified in displayData
|
|
|
|
|
|
// calculate number of elements
|
|
if (d.list) {
|
|
if (d.inherited) {
|
|
d.num = parentDisplay->*(i.sdCount);
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
d.num = GetValueListLength(d.list);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
d.num = display->*(i.sdCount);
|
|
}
|
|
if (d.num > numTransitions)
|
|
numTransitions = d.num;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!display->mTransitions.SetLength(numTransitions)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("failed to allocate transitions array");
|
|
display->mTransitions.SetLength(1);
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(display->mTransitions.Length() == 1,
|
|
"could not allocate using auto array buffer");
|
|
numTransitions = 1;
|
|
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
|
|
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
|
|
|
|
d.num = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
|
|
const TransitionPropInfo& i = transitionPropInfo[p];
|
|
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
|
|
|
|
display->*(i.sdCount) = d.num;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fill in the transitions we just allocated with the appropriate values.
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < numTransitions; ++i) {
|
|
nsTransition *transition = &display->mTransitions[i];
|
|
|
|
if (i >= delay.num) {
|
|
transition->SetDelay(display->mTransitions[i % delay.num].GetDelay());
|
|
} else if (delay.inherited) {
|
|
// FIXME (Bug 522599) (for all transition properties): write a test that
|
|
// detects when this was wrong for i >= delay.num if parent had
|
|
// count for this property not equal to length
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionDelayCount,
|
|
"delay.num computed incorrectly");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
|
|
transition->SetDelay(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetDelay());
|
|
} else if (delay.list) {
|
|
switch (delay.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
|
|
transition->SetDelay(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
|
|
delay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
|
|
transition->SetDelay(delay.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
transition->SetDelay(0.0);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid delay unit");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i >= duration.num) {
|
|
transition->SetDuration(
|
|
display->mTransitions[i % duration.num].GetDuration());
|
|
} else if (duration.inherited) {
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionDurationCount,
|
|
"duration.num computed incorrectly");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
|
|
transition->SetDuration(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetDuration());
|
|
} else if (duration.list) {
|
|
switch (duration.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Seconds:
|
|
transition->SetDuration(PR_MSEC_PER_SEC *
|
|
duration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Milliseconds:
|
|
transition->SetDuration(duration.list->mValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
transition->SetDuration(0.0);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid duration unit");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i >= property.num) {
|
|
transition->CopyPropertyFrom(display->mTransitions[i % property.num]);
|
|
} else if (property.inherited) {
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionPropertyCount,
|
|
"property.num computed incorrectly");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
|
|
transition->CopyPropertyFrom(parentDisplay->mTransitions[i]);
|
|
} else if (property.list) {
|
|
switch (property.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Ident:
|
|
{
|
|
nsDependentString
|
|
propertyStr(property.list->mValue.GetStringBufferValue());
|
|
nsCSSProperty prop = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyStr);
|
|
if (prop == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
|
|
transition->SetUnknownProperty(propertyStr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
transition->SetProperty(prop);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_None:
|
|
transition->SetProperty(eCSSPropertyExtra_no_properties);
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_All:
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
transition->SetProperty(eCSSPropertyExtra_all_properties);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid transition property unit");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i >= timingFunction.num) {
|
|
transition->SetTimingFunction(
|
|
display->mTransitions[i % timingFunction.num].GetTimingFunction());
|
|
} else if (timingFunction.inherited) {
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(i < parentDisplay->mTransitionTimingFunctionCount,
|
|
"timingFunction.num computed incorrectly");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
"should have made canStoreInRuleTree false above");
|
|
transition->SetTimingFunction(
|
|
parentDisplay->mTransitions[i].GetTimingFunction());
|
|
} else if (timingFunction.list) {
|
|
switch (timingFunction.list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
|
|
transition->SetTimingFunction(
|
|
nsTimingFunction(timingFunction.list->mValue.GetIntValue()));
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Cubic_Bezier:
|
|
{
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array* array =
|
|
timingFunction.list->mValue.GetArrayValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(array && array->Count() == 4,
|
|
"Need 4 control points");
|
|
transition->SetTimingFunction(
|
|
nsTimingFunction(array->Item(0).GetFloatValue(),
|
|
array->Item(1).GetFloatValue(),
|
|
array->Item(2).GetFloatValue(),
|
|
array->Item(3).GetFloatValue()));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
|
|
transition->SetTimingFunction(
|
|
nsTimingFunction(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE));
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Invalid transition property unit");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FOR_ALL_TRANSITION_PROPS(p) {
|
|
const TransitionPropInfo& info = transitionPropInfo[p];
|
|
TransitionPropData& d = transitionPropData[p];
|
|
|
|
// if we're at the end of the list, start at the beginning and repeat
|
|
// until we're out of transitions to populate
|
|
if (d.list) { // could also check && !d.inherited if desired
|
|
d.list = d.list->mNext ? d.list->mNext : displayData.*(info.rdList);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// opacity: factor, inherit, initial
|
|
SetFactor(displayData.mOpacity, display->mOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentDisplay->mOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
|
|
|
|
// display: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mDisplay, display->mDisplay, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mDisplay,
|
|
NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// appearance: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mAppearance, display->mAppearance, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mAppearance,
|
|
NS_THEME_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// binding: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
nsCSSValue::URL* url = displayData.mBinding.GetURLStructValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(url, "What's going on here?");
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(url->mURI)) {
|
|
display->mBinding = url;
|
|
} else {
|
|
display->mBinding = nsnull;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mBinding = nsnull;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
display->mBinding = parentDisplay->mBinding;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// position: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mPosition, display->mPosition, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mPosition,
|
|
NS_STYLE_POSITION_STATIC, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// clear: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mClear, display->mBreakType, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mBreakType,
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// temp fix for bug 24000
|
|
// Map 'auto' and 'avoid' to PR_FALSE, and 'always', 'left', and
|
|
// 'right' to PR_TRUE.
|
|
// "A conforming user agent may interpret the values 'left' and
|
|
// 'right' as 'always'." - CSS2.1, section 13.3.1
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mBreakBefore.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mBreakBefore =
|
|
(NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AVOID != displayData.mBreakBefore.GetIntValue() &&
|
|
NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AUTO != displayData.mBreakBefore.GetIntValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == displayData.mBreakBefore.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mBreakBefore = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mBreakBefore.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
display->mBreakBefore = parentDisplay->mBreakBefore;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mBreakAfter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mBreakAfter =
|
|
(NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AVOID != displayData.mBreakAfter.GetIntValue() &&
|
|
NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_AUTO != displayData.mBreakAfter.GetIntValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == displayData.mBreakAfter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mBreakAfter = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mBreakAfter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
display->mBreakAfter = parentDisplay->mBreakAfter;
|
|
}
|
|
// end temp fix
|
|
|
|
// float: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mFloat, display->mFloats, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mFloats,
|
|
NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// overflow-x: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mOverflowX, display->mOverflowX, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mOverflowX,
|
|
NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// overflow-y: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mOverflowY, display->mOverflowY, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentDisplay->mOverflowY,
|
|
NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// CSS3 overflow-x and overflow-y require some fixup as well in some
|
|
// cases. NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE and NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP are
|
|
// meaningful only when used in both dimensions.
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX != display->mOverflowY &&
|
|
(display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
|
|
display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP ||
|
|
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
|
|
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)) {
|
|
// We can't store in the rule tree since a more specific rule might
|
|
// change these conditions.
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP is a deprecated value, so if it's specified
|
|
// in only one dimension, convert it to NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN.
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
|
|
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
|
|
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
|
|
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
|
|
|
|
// If 'visible' is specified but doesn't match the other dimension, it
|
|
// turns into 'auto'.
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
|
|
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
|
|
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// clip property: length, auto, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) { // if one is inherit, they all are
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
display->mClipFlags = parentDisplay->mClipFlags;
|
|
display->mClip = parentDisplay->mClip;
|
|
}
|
|
// if one is initial or auto (rect), they all are
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_RectIsAuto == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClipFlags = NS_STYLE_CLIP_AUTO;
|
|
display->mClip.SetRect(0,0,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Null != displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClipFlags = 0; // clear it
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.y = 0;
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_TOP_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mTop.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.y = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mTop, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mBottom.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
|
|
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
|
|
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
|
|
display->mClip.height = NS_MAXSIZE;
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_BOTTOM_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mBottom.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.height = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mBottom, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree) -
|
|
display->mClip.y;
|
|
}
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mLeft.GetUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.x = 0;
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_LEFT_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mLeft.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.x = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mLeft, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mRight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
|
|
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
|
|
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
|
|
display->mClip.width = NS_MAXSIZE;
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_RIGHT_AUTO;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mRight.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
display->mClip.width = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mRight, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree) -
|
|
display->mClip.x;
|
|
}
|
|
display->mClipFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_CLIP_TYPE_MASK;
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (display->mDisplay != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE) {
|
|
// CSS2 9.7 specifies display type corrections dealing with 'float'
|
|
// and 'position'. Since generated content can't be floated or
|
|
// positioned, we can deal with it here.
|
|
|
|
if (nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLetter == aContext->GetPseudo()) {
|
|
// a non-floating first-letter must be inline
|
|
// XXX this fix can go away once bug 103189 is fixed correctly
|
|
display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE;
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
// rule has 'float: left' we'll end up with the wrong 'display'
|
|
// property.
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (display->IsAbsolutelyPositioned()) {
|
|
// 1) if position is 'absolute' or 'fixed' then display must be
|
|
// block-level and float must be 'none'
|
|
|
|
// Backup original display value for calculation of a hypothetical
|
|
// box (CSS2 10.6.4/10.6.5).
|
|
// See nsHTMLReflowState::CalculateHypotheticalBox
|
|
display->mOriginalDisplay = display->mDisplay;
|
|
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
|
|
display->mFloats = NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
// rule has 'position: static' we'll end up with problems with the
|
|
// 'display' and 'float' properties.
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (display->mFloats != NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE) {
|
|
// 2) if float is not none, and display is not none, then we must
|
|
// set a block-level 'display' type per CSS2.1 section 9.7.
|
|
|
|
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
// rule has 'float: none' we'll end up with the wrong 'display'
|
|
// property.
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the nsCSSValueList into an nsTArray<nsTransformFunction *>. */
|
|
const nsCSSValueList *head = displayData.mTransform;
|
|
|
|
if (head != nsnull) {
|
|
/* There is a chance that we will discover that
|
|
* the transform property has been set to 'none,' 'initial,' or 'inherit.'
|
|
* If so, process appropriately.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* If it's 'none,' indicate that there are no transforms. */
|
|
if (head->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None)
|
|
display->mTransformPresent = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* If we need to inherit, do so by making a full deep-copy. */
|
|
else if (head->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
display->mTransformPresent = parentDisplay->mTransformPresent;
|
|
if (parentDisplay->mTransformPresent)
|
|
display->mTransform = parentDisplay->mTransform;
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
/* If it's 'initial', then we reset to empty. */
|
|
else if (head->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial)
|
|
display->mTransformPresent = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we are looking at a list of CSS tokens. We'll read each of
|
|
* them in as an array of nsTransformFunction objects, then will accumulate
|
|
* them all together to form the final transform matrix.
|
|
*/
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
display->mTransform =
|
|
ReadTransforms(head, aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure to say that this data is valid! */
|
|
display->mTransformPresent = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Convert -moz-transform-origin. */
|
|
if (displayData.mTransformOrigin.mXValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null ||
|
|
displayData.mTransformOrigin.mXValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
|
|
/* If X coordinate is an enumerated type, handle it explicitly. */
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mTransformOrigin.mXValue.GetUnit())
|
|
display->mTransformOrigin[0].SetPercentValue
|
|
(GetFloatFromBoxPosition
|
|
(displayData.mTransformOrigin.mXValue.GetIntValue()));
|
|
else {
|
|
/* Convert lengths, percents, and inherit. Default value is 50%. */
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
PRBool result =
|
|
#endif
|
|
SetCoord(displayData.mTransformOrigin.mXValue,
|
|
display->mTransformOrigin[0],
|
|
parentDisplay->mTransformOrigin[0],
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result, "Malformed -moz-transform-origin parse!");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If Y coordinate is an enumerated type, handle it explicitly. */
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mTransformOrigin.mYValue.GetUnit())
|
|
display->mTransformOrigin[1].SetPercentValue
|
|
(GetFloatFromBoxPosition
|
|
(displayData.mTransformOrigin.mYValue.GetIntValue()));
|
|
else {
|
|
/* Convert lengths, percents, initial, inherit. */
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
PRBool result =
|
|
#endif
|
|
SetCoord(displayData.mTransformOrigin.mYValue,
|
|
display->mTransformOrigin[1],
|
|
parentDisplay->mTransformOrigin[1],
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_HALF,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result, "Malformed -moz-transform-origin parse!");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Display, display)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeVisibilityData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Visibility, (mPresContext),
|
|
visibility, parentVisibility,
|
|
Display, displayData)
|
|
|
|
// direction: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mDirection, visibility->mDirection,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentVisibility->mDirection,
|
|
(GET_BIDI_OPTION_DIRECTION(mPresContext->GetBidi())
|
|
== IBMBIDI_TEXTDIRECTION_RTL)
|
|
? NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL : NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_LTR,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// visibility: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mVisibility, visibility->mVisible,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentVisibility->mVisible,
|
|
NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_VISIBLE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// pointer-events: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(displayData.mPointerEvents, visibility->mPointerEvents,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentVisibility->mPointerEvents,
|
|
NS_STYLE_POINTER_EVENTS_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// lang: string, inherit
|
|
// this is not a real CSS property, it is a html attribute mapped to CSS struture
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Ident == displayData.mLang.GetUnit()) {
|
|
if (!gLangService) {
|
|
CallGetService(NS_LANGUAGEATOMSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &gLangService);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (gLangService) {
|
|
nsAutoString lang;
|
|
displayData.mLang.GetStringValue(lang);
|
|
|
|
ToLowerCase(lang);
|
|
visibility->mLanguage = do_GetAtom(lang);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Visibility, visibility)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeColorData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Color, (mPresContext), color, parentColor,
|
|
Color, colorData)
|
|
|
|
// color: color, string, inherit
|
|
// Special case for currentColor. According to CSS3, setting color to 'currentColor'
|
|
// should behave as if it is inherited
|
|
if (colorData.mColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor &&
|
|
colorData.mColor.GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) {
|
|
color->mColor = parentColor->mColor;
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (colorData.mColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
|
|
color->mColor = mPresContext->DefaultColor();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
SetColor(colorData.mColor, parentColor->mColor, mPresContext, aContext,
|
|
color->mColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Color, color)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// information about how to compute values for background-* properties
|
|
template <class SpecifiedValueItem>
|
|
struct InitialInheritLocationFor {
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct InitialInheritLocationFor<nsCSSValueList> {
|
|
static nsCSSValue nsCSSValueList::* Location() {
|
|
return &nsCSSValueList::mValue;
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct InitialInheritLocationFor<nsCSSValuePairList> {
|
|
static nsCSSValue nsCSSValuePairList::* Location() {
|
|
return &nsCSSValuePairList::mXValue;
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
template <class SpecifiedValueItem, class ComputedValueItem>
|
|
struct BackgroundItemComputer {
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, PRUint8>
|
|
{
|
|
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValueList* aSpecifiedValue,
|
|
PRUint8& aComputedValue,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
SetDiscrete(aSpecifiedValue->mValue, aComputedValue, aCanStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, PRUint8(0), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValueList, nsStyleImage>
|
|
{
|
|
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValueList* aSpecifiedValue,
|
|
nsStyleImage& aComputedValue,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
SetStyleImage(aStyleContext, aSpecifiedValue->mValue, aComputedValue,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct BackgroundPositionAxis {
|
|
nsCSSValue nsCSSValuePairList::*specified;
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Position::PositionCoord
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Position::*result;
|
|
PRPackedBool nsStyleBackground::Position::*isPercent;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const BackgroundPositionAxis gBGPosAxes[] = {
|
|
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mXValue,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Position::mXPosition,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Position::mXIsPercent },
|
|
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mYValue,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Position::mYPosition,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Position::mYIsPercent }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValuePairList, nsStyleBackground::Position>
|
|
{
|
|
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValuePairList* aSpecifiedValue,
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Position& aComputedValue,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Position &position = aComputedValue;
|
|
for (const BackgroundPositionAxis *axis = gBGPosAxes,
|
|
*axis_end = gBGPosAxes + NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(gBGPosAxes);
|
|
axis != axis_end; ++axis) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &specified = aSpecifiedValue->*(axis->specified);
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
(position.*(axis->result)).mFloat = specified.GetPercentValue();
|
|
position.*(axis->isPercent) = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (specified.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
(position.*(axis->result)).mCoord =
|
|
CalcLength(specified, aStyleContext, aStyleContext->PresContext(),
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
position.*(axis->isPercent) = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
(position.*(axis->result)).mFloat =
|
|
GetFloatFromBoxPosition(specified.GetIntValue());
|
|
position.*(axis->isPercent) = PR_TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct BackgroundSizeAxis {
|
|
nsCSSValue nsCSSValuePairList::* specified;
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Size::Dimension nsStyleBackground::Size::* result;
|
|
PRUint8 nsStyleBackground::Size::* type;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static const BackgroundSizeAxis gBGSizeAxes[] = {
|
|
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mXValue,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mWidth,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mWidthType },
|
|
{ &nsCSSValuePairList::mYValue,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mHeight,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Size::mHeightType }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
NS_SPECIALIZE_TEMPLATE
|
|
struct BackgroundItemComputer<nsCSSValuePairList, nsStyleBackground::Size>
|
|
{
|
|
static void ComputeValue(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsCSSValuePairList* aSpecifiedValue,
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Size& aComputedValue,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Size &size = aComputedValue;
|
|
for (const BackgroundSizeAxis *axis = gBGSizeAxes,
|
|
*axis_end = gBGSizeAxes + NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(gBGSizeAxes);
|
|
axis != axis_end; ++axis) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &specified = aSpecifiedValue->*(axis->specified);
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eAuto;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(nsStyleBackground::Size::eContain ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER);
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(specified.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN ||
|
|
specified.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER,
|
|
"invalid enumerated value for size coordinate");
|
|
size.*(axis->type) = specified.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Null == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(axis == gBGSizeAxes + 1,
|
|
"null allowed only as height value, and only "
|
|
"for contain/cover/initial/inherit");
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
{
|
|
const nsCSSValue &widthValue = aSpecifiedValue->mXValue;
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(widthValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
|
|
widthValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial,
|
|
"initial/inherit should already have been handled");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(widthValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_CONTAIN ||
|
|
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BG_SIZE_COVER),
|
|
"null height value not corresponding to allowable "
|
|
"non-null width value");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
size.*(axis->type) = size.mWidthType;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Percent == specified.GetUnit()) {
|
|
(size.*(axis->result)).mFloat = specified.GetPercentValue();
|
|
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::ePercentage;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(specified.IsLengthUnit(), "unexpected unit");
|
|
(size.*(axis->result)).mCoord =
|
|
CalcLength(specified, aStyleContext, aStyleContext->PresContext(),
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
size.*(axis->type) = nsStyleBackground::Size::eLength;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(size.mWidthType < nsStyleBackground::Size::eDimensionType_COUNT,
|
|
"bad width type");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(size.mHeightType < nsStyleBackground::Size::eDimensionType_COUNT,
|
|
"bad height type");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((size.mWidthType != nsStyleBackground::Size::eContain &&
|
|
size.mWidthType != nsStyleBackground::Size::eCover) ||
|
|
size.mWidthType == size.mHeightType,
|
|
"contain/cover apply to both dimensions or to neither");
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
template <class SpecifiedValueItem, class ComputedValueItem>
|
|
static void
|
|
SetBackgroundList(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const SpecifiedValueItem* aValueList,
|
|
nsAutoTArray< nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aLayers,
|
|
const nsAutoTArray<nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1>
|
|
&aParentLayers,
|
|
ComputedValueItem nsStyleBackground::Layer::* aResultLocation,
|
|
ComputedValueItem aInitialValue,
|
|
PRUint32 aParentItemCount,
|
|
PRUint32& aItemCount,
|
|
PRUint32& aMaxItemCount,
|
|
PRBool& aRebuild,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aValueList) {
|
|
aRebuild = PR_TRUE;
|
|
nsCSSValue SpecifiedValueItem::* initialInherit =
|
|
InitialInheritLocationFor<SpecifiedValueItem>::Location();
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == (aValueList->*initialInherit).GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aValueList->mNext, "should have only one value");
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
if (!aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aParentItemCount)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
|
|
aParentItemCount = aLayers.Length();
|
|
}
|
|
aItemCount = aParentItemCount;
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < aParentItemCount; ++i) {
|
|
aLayers[i].*aResultLocation = aParentLayers[i].*aResultLocation;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == (aValueList->*initialInherit).GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aValueList->mNext, "should have only one value");
|
|
aItemCount = 1;
|
|
aLayers[0].*aResultLocation = aInitialValue;
|
|
} else {
|
|
const SpecifiedValueItem *item = aValueList;
|
|
aItemCount = 0;
|
|
do {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION((item->*initialInherit).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
|
|
(item->*initialInherit).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
++aItemCount;
|
|
if (!aLayers.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aItemCount)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("out of memory");
|
|
--aItemCount;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
BackgroundItemComputer<SpecifiedValueItem, ComputedValueItem>
|
|
::ComputeValue(aStyleContext, item,
|
|
aLayers[aItemCount-1].*aResultLocation,
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
item = item->mNext;
|
|
} while (item);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aItemCount > aMaxItemCount)
|
|
aMaxItemCount = aItemCount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
template <class ComputedValueItem>
|
|
static void
|
|
FillBackgroundList(nsAutoTArray< nsStyleBackground::Layer, 1> &aLayers,
|
|
ComputedValueItem nsStyleBackground::Layer::* aResultLocation,
|
|
PRUint32 aItemCount, PRUint32 aFillCount)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFillCount <= aLayers.Length(), "unexpected array length");
|
|
for (PRUint32 sourceLayer = 0, destLayer = aItemCount;
|
|
destLayer < aFillCount;
|
|
++sourceLayer, ++destLayer) {
|
|
aLayers[destLayer].*aResultLocation =
|
|
aLayers[sourceLayer].*aResultLocation;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeBackgroundData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Background, (), bg, parentBG, Color, colorData)
|
|
|
|
// background-color: color, string, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorData.mBackColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
bg->mBackgroundColor = NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
} else if (!SetColor(colorData.mBackColor, parentBG->mBackgroundColor,
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, bg->mBackgroundColor,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == colorData.mBackColor.GetUnit(),
|
|
"unexpected color unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 maxItemCount = 1;
|
|
PRBool rebuild = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// background-image: url (stored as image), none, inherit [list]
|
|
nsStyleImage initialImage;
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackImage, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mImage,
|
|
initialImage, parentBG->mImageCount, bg->mImageCount,
|
|
maxItemCount, rebuild, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-repeat: enum, inherit, initial [list]
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackRepeat, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mRepeat,
|
|
PRUint8(NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_XY), parentBG->mRepeatCount,
|
|
bg->mRepeatCount, maxItemCount, rebuild, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-attachment: enum, inherit, initial [list]
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackAttachment, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers,
|
|
&nsStyleBackground::Layer::mAttachment,
|
|
PRUint8(NS_STYLE_BG_ATTACHMENT_SCROLL),
|
|
parentBG->mAttachmentCount,
|
|
bg->mAttachmentCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-clip: enum, inherit, initial [list]
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackClip, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mClip,
|
|
PRUint8(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER), parentBG->mClipCount,
|
|
bg->mClipCount, maxItemCount, rebuild, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-inline-policy: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(colorData.mBackInlinePolicy, bg->mBackgroundInlinePolicy,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree, SETDSC_ENUMERATED,
|
|
parentBG->mBackgroundInlinePolicy,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_CONTINUOUS, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// background-origin: enum, inherit, initial [list]
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackOrigin, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mOrigin,
|
|
PRUint8(NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING), parentBG->mOriginCount,
|
|
bg->mOriginCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-position: enum, length, percent (flags), inherit [pair list]
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Position initialPosition;
|
|
initialPosition.SetInitialValues();
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackPosition, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mPosition,
|
|
initialPosition, parentBG->mPositionCount,
|
|
bg->mPositionCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// background-size: enum, length, auto, inherit, initial [pair list]
|
|
nsStyleBackground::Size initialSize;
|
|
initialSize.SetInitialValues();
|
|
SetBackgroundList(aContext, colorData.mBackSize, bg->mLayers,
|
|
parentBG->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mSize,
|
|
initialSize, parentBG->mSizeCount,
|
|
bg->mSizeCount, maxItemCount, rebuild,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
if (rebuild) {
|
|
// Delete any extra items. We need to keep layers in which any
|
|
// property was specified.
|
|
bg->mLayers.TruncateLength(maxItemCount);
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 fillCount = bg->mImageCount;
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mImage,
|
|
bg->mImageCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mRepeat,
|
|
bg->mRepeatCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mAttachment,
|
|
bg->mAttachmentCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mClip,
|
|
bg->mClipCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mOrigin,
|
|
bg->mOriginCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mPosition,
|
|
bg->mPositionCount, fillCount);
|
|
FillBackgroundList(bg->mLayers, &nsStyleBackground::Layer::mSize,
|
|
bg->mSizeCount, fillCount);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Background, bg)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeMarginData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Margin, (), margin, parentMargin, Margin, marginData)
|
|
|
|
// margin: length, percent, auto, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
nsCSSRect ourMargin(marginData.mMargin);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mMarginLeftLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mMarginLeftRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mMarginStart, marginData.mMarginEnd,
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourMargin, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mMarginRightLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mMarginRightRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mMarginEnd, marginData.mMarginStart,
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourMargin, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentMargin->mMargin.Get(side);
|
|
if (SetCoord(ourMargin.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
margin->mMargin.Set(side, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
margin->RecalcData();
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Margin, margin)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeBorderData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Border, (mPresContext), border, parentBorder,
|
|
Margin, marginData)
|
|
|
|
// -moz-box-shadow: none, list, inherit, initial
|
|
{
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list = marginData.mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
// This handles 'none' and 'initial'
|
|
border->mBoxShadow = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
border->mBoxShadow = parentBorder->mBoxShadow;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Array == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// List of arrays
|
|
border->mBoxShadow = GetShadowData(list, aContext, PR_TRUE,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// border-width, border-*-width: length, enum, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
nsCSSRect ourBorderWidth(marginData.mBorderWidth);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftWidthLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftWidthRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderStartWidth,
|
|
marginData.mBorderEndWidth,
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourBorderWidth, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightWidthLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightWidthRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderEndWidth,
|
|
marginData.mBorderStartWidth,
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourBorderWidth, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderWidth.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Percent != value.GetUnit(),
|
|
"Percentage borders not implemented yet "
|
|
"If implementing, make sure to fix all consumers of "
|
|
"nsStyleBorder, the IsPercentageAwareChild method, "
|
|
"the nsAbsoluteContainingBlock::FrameDependsOnContainer "
|
|
"method, the "
|
|
"nsLineLayout::IsPercentageAwareReplacedElement method "
|
|
"and probably some other places");
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THIN ||
|
|
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM ||
|
|
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THICK,
|
|
"Unexpected enum value");
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[value.GetIntValue()]);
|
|
}
|
|
// OK to pass bad aParentCoord since we're not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
|
|
else if (SetCoord(value, coord, nsStyleCoord(), SETCOORD_LENGTH,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(coord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord, "unexpected unit");
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side, coord.GetCoordValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
|
|
parentBorder->GetComputedBorder().side(side));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM]);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Null == value.GetUnit(),
|
|
"missing case handling border width");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// border-style, border-*-style: enum, inherit
|
|
nsCSSRect ourStyle(marginData.mBorderStyle);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftStyleLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftStyleRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderStartStyle, marginData.mBorderEndStyle,
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourStyle, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightStyleLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightStyleRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderEndStyle, marginData.mBorderStartStyle,
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourStyle, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = ourStyle.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != unit,
|
|
"'none' should be handled as enumerated value");
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit) {
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, value.GetIntValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == unit) {
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, parentBorder->GetBorderStyle(side));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -moz-border-*-colors: color, string, enum, none, inherit/initial
|
|
nscolor borderColor;
|
|
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list =
|
|
marginData.mBorderColors.*(nsCSSValueListRect::sides[side]);
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == list->mValue.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_None == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!list->mNext, "should have only one item");
|
|
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!list->mNext, "should have only one item");
|
|
nsBorderColors *parentColors;
|
|
parentBorder->GetCompositeColors(side, &parentColors);
|
|
if (parentColors) {
|
|
border->EnsureBorderColors();
|
|
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
|
|
border->mBorderColors[side] = parentColors->Clone();
|
|
} else {
|
|
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// Some composite border color information has been specified for this
|
|
// border side.
|
|
border->EnsureBorderColors();
|
|
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
|
|
while (list) {
|
|
if (SetColor(list->mValue, unused, mPresContext,
|
|
aContext, borderColor, canStoreInRuleTree))
|
|
border->AppendBorderColor(side, borderColor);
|
|
else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected item in -moz-border-*-colors list");
|
|
}
|
|
list = list->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// border-color, border-*-color: color, string, enum, inherit
|
|
nsCSSRect ourBorderColor(marginData.mBorderColor);
|
|
PRBool foreground;
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftColorLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderLeftColorRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderStartColor, marginData.mBorderEndColor,
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourBorderColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightColorLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderRightColorRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mBorderEndColor, marginData.mBorderStartColor,
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourBorderColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderColor.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
if (parentContext) {
|
|
parentBorder->GetBorderColor(side, borderColor, foreground);
|
|
if (foreground) {
|
|
// We want to inherit the color from the parent, not use the
|
|
// color on the element where this chunk of style data will be
|
|
// used. We can ensure that the data for the parent are fully
|
|
// computed (unlike for the element where this will be used, for
|
|
// which the color could be specified on a more specific rule).
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, parentContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor);
|
|
} else
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We're the root
|
|
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (SetColor(value, unused, mPresContext, aContext, borderColor,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR:
|
|
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -moz-border-radius: length, percent, inherit
|
|
{
|
|
const nsCSSCornerSizes& borderRadius = marginData.mBorderRadius;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentBorder->mBorderRadius.Get(corner);
|
|
if (SetCoord(borderRadius.GetHalfCorner(corner),
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree))
|
|
border->mBorderRadius.Set(corner, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// float-edge: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(marginData.mFloatEdge, border->mFloatEdge, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentBorder->mFloatEdge,
|
|
NS_STYLE_FLOAT_EDGE_CONTENT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// border-image
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Array == marginData.mBorderImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = marginData.mBorderImage.GetArrayValue();
|
|
|
|
// the image
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Image == arr->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(border->SetBorderImage,
|
|
aContext,
|
|
arr->Item(0).GetImageValue())
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// the numbers saying where to split the image
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
if (SetAbsCoord(arr->Item(1 + side), coord,
|
|
SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_PERCENT)) {
|
|
border->mBorderImageSplit.Set(side, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// possible replacement for border-width
|
|
// if have one - have all four (see CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImage())
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Null != arr->Item(5).GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
// an uninitialized parentCoord is ok because I'm not passing SETCOORD_INHERIT
|
|
if (!SetCoord(arr->Item(5 + side), coord, nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("SetCoord for border-width replacement from border-image failed");
|
|
}
|
|
if (coord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
border->SetBorderImageWidthOverride(side, coord.GetCoordValue());
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("a border-width replacement from border-image "
|
|
"has a unit that's not eStyleUnit_Coord");
|
|
border->SetBorderImageWidthOverride(side, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
border->mHaveBorderImageWidth = PR_TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
border->mHaveBorderImageWidth = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// stretch/round/repeat keywords
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Null == arr->Item(9).GetUnit()) {
|
|
// default, both horizontal and vertical are stretch
|
|
border->mBorderImageHFill = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_STRETCH;
|
|
border->mBorderImageVFill = NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_STRETCH;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// have horizontal value
|
|
border->mBorderImageHFill = arr->Item(9).GetIntValue();
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Null == arr->Item(10).GetUnit()) {
|
|
// vertical same as horizontal
|
|
border->mBorderImageVFill = border->mBorderImageHFill;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// have vertical value
|
|
border->mBorderImageVFill = arr->Item(10).GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == marginData.mBorderImage.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == marginData.mBorderImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
border->mHaveBorderImageWidth = PR_FALSE;
|
|
border->SetBorderImage(nsnull);
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == marginData.mBorderImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
border->SetBorderImageWidthOverride(side, parentBorder->mBorderImageWidth.side(side));
|
|
}
|
|
border->mBorderImageSplit = parentBorder->mBorderImageSplit;
|
|
border->mBorderImageHFill = parentBorder->mBorderImageHFill;
|
|
border->mBorderImageVFill = parentBorder->mBorderImageVFill;
|
|
border->mHaveBorderImageWidth = parentBorder->mHaveBorderImageWidth;
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(border->SetBorderImage, aContext,
|
|
parentBorder->GetBorderImage())
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Border, border)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputePaddingData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Padding, (), padding, parentPadding, Margin, marginData)
|
|
|
|
// padding: length, percent, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
nsCSSRect ourPadding(marginData.mPadding);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingLeftLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingLeftRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingStart, marginData.mPaddingEnd,
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, ourPadding, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingRightLTRSource,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingRightRTLSource,
|
|
marginData.mPaddingEnd, marginData.mPaddingStart,
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, ourPadding, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentPadding->mPadding.Get(side);
|
|
if (SetCoord(ourPadding.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
padding->mPadding.Set(side, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
padding->RecalcData();
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Padding, padding)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeOutlineData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Outline, (mPresContext), outline, parentOutline,
|
|
Margin, marginData)
|
|
|
|
// outline-width: length, enum, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == marginData.mOutlineWidth.GetUnit()) {
|
|
outline->mOutlineWidth =
|
|
nsStyleCoord(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
SetCoord(marginData.mOutlineWidth, outline->mOutlineWidth,
|
|
parentOutline->mOutlineWidth, SETCOORD_LEH, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// outline-offset: length, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
|
|
if (SetCoord(marginData.mOutlineOffset, tempCoord,
|
|
nsStyleCoord(parentOutline->mOutlineOffset,
|
|
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
outline->mOutlineOffset = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(marginData.mOutlineOffset.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// outline-color: color, string, enum, inherit
|
|
nscolor outlineColor;
|
|
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == marginData.mOutlineColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
if (parentContext) {
|
|
if (parentOutline->GetOutlineColor(outlineColor))
|
|
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
|
|
else {
|
|
#ifdef GFX_HAS_INVERT
|
|
outline->SetOutlineInitialColor();
|
|
#else
|
|
// We want to inherit the color from the parent, not use the
|
|
// color on the element where this chunk of style data will be
|
|
// used. We can ensure that the data for the parent are fully
|
|
// computed (unlike for the element where this will be used, for
|
|
// which the color could be specified on a more specific rule).
|
|
outline->SetOutlineColor(parentContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
outline->SetOutlineInitialColor();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (SetColor(marginData.mOutlineColor, unused, mPresContext,
|
|
aContext, outlineColor, canStoreInRuleTree))
|
|
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == marginData.mOutlineColor.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == marginData.mOutlineColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
outline->SetOutlineInitialColor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -moz-outline-radius: length, percent, inherit
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
const nsCSSCornerSizes& outlineRadius = marginData.mOutlineRadius;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentOutline->mOutlineRadius.Get(corner);
|
|
if (SetCoord(outlineRadius.GetHalfCorner(corner),
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree))
|
|
outline->mOutlineRadius.Set(corner, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// outline-style: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
// cannot use SetDiscrete because of SetOutlineStyle
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetUnit();
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != unit && eCSSUnit_Auto != unit,
|
|
"'none' and 'auto' should be handled as enumerated values");
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit) {
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetIntValue());
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == unit) {
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(parentOutline->GetOutlineStyle());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
outline->RecalcData(mPresContext);
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Outline, outline)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeListData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(List, (), list, parentList, List, listData)
|
|
|
|
// list-style-type: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(listData.mType, list->mListStyleType, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentList->mListStyleType,
|
|
NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DISC, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// list-style-image: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Image == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(list->SetListStyleImage,
|
|
aContext,
|
|
listData.mImage.GetImageValue())
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == listData.mImage.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
list->SetListStyleImage(nsnull);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(list->SetListStyleImage,
|
|
aContext,
|
|
parentList->GetListStyleImage())
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// list-style-position: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(listData.mPosition, list->mListStylePosition, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentList->mListStylePosition,
|
|
NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_POSITION_OUTSIDE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// image region property: length, auto, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit()) { // if one is inherit, they all are
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
list->mImageRegion = parentList->mImageRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
// if one is -moz-initial or auto (rect), they all are
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_RectIsAuto == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
list->mImageRegion.Empty();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Null != listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.y = 0;
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mTop.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.y =
|
|
CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mTop, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mBottom.GetUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.height = 0;
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mBottom.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.height =
|
|
CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mBottom, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree) -
|
|
list->mImageRegion.y;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mLeft.GetUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x = 0;
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mLeft.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x =
|
|
CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mLeft, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mRight.GetUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.width = 0;
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mRight.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
list->mImageRegion.width =
|
|
CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mRight, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree) -
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(List, list)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputePositionData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Position, (), pos, parentPos, Position, posData)
|
|
|
|
// box offsets: length, percent, auto, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord = parentPos->mOffset.Get(side);
|
|
if (SetCoord(posData.mOffset.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
pos->mOffset.Set(side, coord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mWidth, pos->mWidth, parentPos->mWidth,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPAEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMinWidth, pos->mMinWidth, parentPos->mMinWidth,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMaxWidth, pos->mMaxWidth, parentPos->mMaxWidth,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPOEH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mHeight, pos->mHeight, parentPos->mHeight,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMinHeight, pos->mMinHeight, parentPos->mMinHeight,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMaxHeight, pos->mMaxHeight, parentPos->mMaxHeight,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPOH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NONE, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// box-sizing: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(posData.mBoxSizing, pos->mBoxSizing, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentPos->mBoxSizing,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// z-index
|
|
if (! SetCoord(posData.mZIndex, pos->mZIndex, parentPos->mZIndex,
|
|
SETCOORD_IA | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO, aContext,
|
|
nsnull, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == posData.mZIndex.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// handle inherit, because it's ok to inherit 'auto' here
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
pos->mZIndex = parentPos->mZIndex;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Position, pos)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Table, (), table, parentTable, Table, tableData)
|
|
|
|
// table-layout: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(tableData.mLayout, table->mLayoutStrategy, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentTable->mLayoutStrategy,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TABLE_LAYOUT_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// cols: enum, int (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mCols.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Integer == tableData.mCols.GetUnit())
|
|
table->mCols = tableData.mCols.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
// span: pixels (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mSpan.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Integer == tableData.mSpan.GetUnit())
|
|
table->mSpan = tableData.mSpan.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Table, table)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableBorderData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(TableBorder, (mPresContext), table, parentTable,
|
|
Table, tableData)
|
|
|
|
// border-collapse: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(tableData.mBorderCollapse, table->mBorderCollapse,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentTable->mBorderCollapse,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BORDER_SEPARATE, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// border-spacing-x: length, inherit
|
|
nsStyleCoord tempCoord;
|
|
if (SetCoord(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mXValue, tempCoord,
|
|
nsStyleCoord(parentTable->mBorderSpacingX,
|
|
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
table->mBorderSpacingX = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// border-spacing-y: length, inherit
|
|
if (SetCoord(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mYValue, tempCoord,
|
|
nsStyleCoord(parentTable->mBorderSpacingY,
|
|
nsStyleCoord::CoordConstructor),
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
table->mBorderSpacingY = tempCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// caption-side: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(tableData.mCaptionSide, table->mCaptionSide, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentTable->mCaptionSide,
|
|
NS_STYLE_CAPTION_SIDE_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// empty-cells: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(tableData.mEmptyCells, table->mEmptyCells, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentTable->mEmptyCells,
|
|
(mPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks)
|
|
? NS_STYLE_TABLE_EMPTY_CELLS_SHOW_BACKGROUND
|
|
: NS_STYLE_TABLE_EMPTY_CELLS_SHOW,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(TableBorder, table)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeContentData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Content, (), content, parentContent,
|
|
Content, contentData)
|
|
|
|
// content: [string, url, counter, attr, enum]+, normal, none, inherit
|
|
PRUint32 count;
|
|
nsAutoString buffer;
|
|
nsCSSValueList* contentValue = contentData.mContent;
|
|
if (contentValue) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Normal == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_None == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// "normal", "none", and "initial" all mean no content
|
|
content->AllocateContents(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
count = parentContent->ContentCount();
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
content->ContentAt(count) = parentContent->ContentAt(count);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
while (contentValue) {
|
|
count++;
|
|
contentValue = contentValue->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
|
|
const nsAutoString nullStr;
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
contentValue = contentData.mContent;
|
|
while (contentValue) {
|
|
const nsCSSValue& value = contentValue->mValue;
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
|
|
nsStyleContentType type;
|
|
nsStyleContentData &data = content->ContentAt(count++);
|
|
switch (unit) {
|
|
case eCSSUnit_String: type = eStyleContentType_String; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Image: type = eStyleContentType_Image; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Attr: type = eStyleContentType_Attr; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Counter: type = eStyleContentType_Counter; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Counters: type = eStyleContentType_Counters; break;
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
|
|
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE:
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_OpenQuote; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE:
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_CloseQuote; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE:
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_NoOpenQuote; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE:
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_NoCloseQuote; break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_ALT_CONTENT:
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_AltContent; break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_ERROR("bad content value");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_ERROR("bad content type");
|
|
}
|
|
data.mType = type;
|
|
if (type == eStyleContentType_Image) {
|
|
NS_SET_IMAGE_REQUEST(data.SetImage, aContext, value.GetImageValue());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Attr) {
|
|
value.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
data.mContent.mString = NS_strdup(buffer.get());
|
|
}
|
|
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Counters) {
|
|
data.mContent.mCounters = value.GetArrayValue();
|
|
data.mContent.mCounters->AddRef();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
data.mContent.mString = nsnull;
|
|
}
|
|
contentValue = contentValue->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// counter-increment: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
|
|
nsCSSValuePairList* ourIncrement = contentData.mCounterIncrement;
|
|
if (ourIncrement) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == ourIncrement->mXValue.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == ourIncrement->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
content->AllocateCounterIncrements(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourIncrement->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
count = parentContent->CounterIncrementCount();
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
|
|
parentContent->GetCounterIncrementAt(count);
|
|
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Ident == ourIncrement->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
while (ourIncrement) {
|
|
count++;
|
|
ourIncrement = ourIncrement->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
ourIncrement = contentData.mCounterIncrement;
|
|
while (ourIncrement) {
|
|
PRInt32 increment;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == ourIncrement->mYValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
increment = ourIncrement->mYValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
increment = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
ourIncrement->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count++, buffer, increment);
|
|
ourIncrement = ourIncrement->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// counter-reset: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
|
|
nsCSSValuePairList* ourReset = contentData.mCounterReset;
|
|
if (ourReset) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == ourReset->mXValue.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == ourReset->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
content->AllocateCounterResets(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourReset->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
count = parentContent->CounterResetCount();
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
|
|
parentContent->GetCounterResetAt(count);
|
|
content->SetCounterResetAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Ident == ourReset->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
while (ourReset) {
|
|
count++;
|
|
ourReset = ourReset->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
ourReset = contentData.mCounterReset;
|
|
while (ourReset) {
|
|
PRInt32 reset;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == ourReset->mYValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
reset = ourReset->mYValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
reset = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
ourReset->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
content->SetCounterResetAt(count++, buffer, reset);
|
|
ourReset = ourReset->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// marker-offset: length, auto, inherit
|
|
SetCoord(contentData.mMarkerOffset, content->mMarkerOffset, parentContent->mMarkerOffset,
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Content, content)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeQuotesData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(Quotes, (), quotes, parentQuotes,
|
|
Content, contentData)
|
|
|
|
// quotes: inherit, initial, none, [string string]+
|
|
nsCSSValuePairList* ourQuotes = contentData.mQuotes;
|
|
if (ourQuotes) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourQuotes->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
quotes->CopyFrom(*parentQuotes);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == ourQuotes->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
quotes->SetInitial();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == ourQuotes->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
quotes->AllocateQuotes(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == ourQuotes->mXValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
nsAutoString buffer;
|
|
nsAutoString closeBuffer;
|
|
PRUint32 count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (ourQuotes) {
|
|
count++;
|
|
ourQuotes = ourQuotes->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(quotes->AllocateQuotes(count))) {
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
ourQuotes = contentData.mQuotes;
|
|
while (ourQuotes) {
|
|
ourQuotes->mXValue.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
ourQuotes->mYValue.GetStringValue(closeBuffer);
|
|
quotes->SetQuotesAt(count++, buffer, closeBuffer);
|
|
ourQuotes = ourQuotes->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(Quotes, quotes)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeXULData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(XUL, (), xul, parentXUL, XUL, xulData)
|
|
|
|
// box-align: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(xulData.mBoxAlign, xul->mBoxAlign, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentXUL->mBoxAlign,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BOX_ALIGN_STRETCH, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// box-direction: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(xulData.mBoxDirection, xul->mBoxDirection, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentXUL->mBoxDirection,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BOX_DIRECTION_NORMAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// box-flex: factor, inherit
|
|
SetFactor(xulData.mBoxFlex, xul->mBoxFlex, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentXUL->mBoxFlex, 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
// box-orient: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(xulData.mBoxOrient, xul->mBoxOrient, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentXUL->mBoxOrient,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BOX_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// box-pack: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(xulData.mBoxPack, xul->mBoxPack, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentXUL->mBoxPack,
|
|
NS_STYLE_BOX_PACK_START, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// box-ordinal-group: integer, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(xulData.mBoxOrdinal, xul->mBoxOrdinal, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_INTEGER, parentXUL->mBoxOrdinal, 1,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mStackSizing.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
xul->mStretchStack = parentXUL->mStretchStack;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == xulData.mStackSizing.GetUnit()) {
|
|
xul->mStretchStack = PR_TRUE;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xulData.mStackSizing.GetUnit()) {
|
|
xul->mStretchStack = xulData.mStackSizing.GetIntValue() ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_STACK_SIZING_STRETCH_TO_FIT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(XUL, xul)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeColumnData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(Column, (mPresContext), column, parent, Column, columnData)
|
|
|
|
// column-width: length, auto, inherit
|
|
SetCoord(columnData.mColumnWidth,
|
|
column->mColumnWidth, parent->mColumnWidth,
|
|
SETCOORD_LAH | SETCOORD_INITIAL_AUTO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// column-gap: length, percentage, inherit, normal
|
|
SetCoord(columnData.mColumnGap,
|
|
column->mColumnGap, parent->mColumnGap,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_NORMAL | SETCOORD_INITIAL_NORMAL,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// column-count: auto, integer, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->mColumnCount = NS_STYLE_COLUMN_COUNT_AUTO;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Integer == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->mColumnCount = columnData.mColumnCount.GetIntValue();
|
|
// Max 1000 columns - wallpaper for bug 345583.
|
|
column->mColumnCount = NS_MIN(column->mColumnCount, 1000U);
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
column->mColumnCount = parent->mColumnCount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// column-rule-width: length, enum, inherit
|
|
const nsCSSValue& widthValue = columnData.mColumnRuleWidth;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM]);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THIN ||
|
|
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM ||
|
|
widthValue.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THICK,
|
|
"Unexpected enum value");
|
|
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[widthValue.GetIntValue()]);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == widthValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(parent->GetComputedColumnRuleWidth());
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (widthValue.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
column->SetColumnRuleWidth(CalcLength(widthValue, aContext,
|
|
mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// column-rule-style: enum, inherit
|
|
const nsCSSValue& styleValue = columnData.mColumnRuleStyle;
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(eCSSUnit_None != styleValue.GetUnit(),
|
|
"'none' should be handled as enumerated value");
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleStyle = styleValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleStyle = NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == styleValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
column->mColumnRuleStyle = parent->mColumnRuleStyle;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// column-rule-color: color, inherit
|
|
const nsCSSValue& colorValue = columnData.mColumnRuleColor;
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = PR_FALSE;
|
|
if (parent->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground) {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColor = parentContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
} else {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColor = parent->mColumnRuleColor;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (SetColor(colorValue, 0, mPresContext, aContext,
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColor, canStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
column->mColumnRuleColorIsForeground = PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(Column, column)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
SetSVGPaint(const nsCSSValuePair& aValue, const nsStyleSVGPaint& parentPaint,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
|
|
nsStyleSVGPaint& aResult, nsStyleSVGPaintType aInitialPaintType,
|
|
PRBool& aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
nscolor color;
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
aResult = parentPaint;
|
|
aCanStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
} else if (aValue.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
|
|
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_None);
|
|
} else if (aValue.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
|
|
aResult.SetType(aInitialPaintType);
|
|
aResult.mPaint.mColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
|
aResult.mFallbackColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
|
} else if (aValue.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL) {
|
|
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_Server);
|
|
aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer = aValue.mXValue.GetURLValue();
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer);
|
|
if (aValue.mYValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
|
|
aResult.mFallbackColor = NS_RGBA(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aValue.mYValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit, "cannot inherit fallback colour");
|
|
SetColor(aValue.mYValue, NS_RGB(0, 0, 0), aPresContext, aContext,
|
|
aResult.mFallbackColor, aCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (SetColor(aValue.mXValue, parentPaint.mPaint.mColor, aPresContext,
|
|
aContext, color, aCanStoreInRuleTree)) {
|
|
aResult.SetType(eStyleSVGPaintType_Color);
|
|
aResult.mPaint.mColor = color;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_INHERITED(SVG, (), svg, parentSVG, SVG, SVGData)
|
|
|
|
// clip-rule: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mClipRule, svg->mClipRule, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mClipRule,
|
|
NS_STYLE_FILL_RULE_NONZERO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// color-interpolation: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mColorInterpolation,
|
|
svg->mColorInterpolation, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mColorInterpolation,
|
|
NS_STYLE_COLOR_INTERPOLATION_SRGB, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// color-interpolation-filters: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mColorInterpolationFilters,
|
|
svg->mColorInterpolationFilters, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mColorInterpolationFilters,
|
|
NS_STYLE_COLOR_INTERPOLATION_LINEARRGB, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// fill:
|
|
SetSVGPaint(SVGData.mFill, parentSVG->mFill, mPresContext, aContext,
|
|
svg->mFill, eStyleSVGPaintType_Color, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// fill-opacity: factor, inherit, initial
|
|
SetFactor(SVGData.mFillOpacity, svg->mFillOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentSVG->mFillOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
|
|
|
|
// fill-rule: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mFillRule, svg->mFillRule, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mFillRule,
|
|
NS_STYLE_FILL_RULE_NONZERO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// image-rendering: enum, inherit
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mImageRendering, svg->mImageRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mImageRendering,
|
|
NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// marker-end: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = parentSVG->mMarkerEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// marker-mid: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = parentSVG->mMarkerMid;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// marker-start: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = parentSVG->mMarkerStart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// shape-rendering: enum, inherit
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mShapeRendering, svg->mShapeRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mShapeRendering,
|
|
NS_STYLE_SHAPE_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// stroke:
|
|
SetSVGPaint(SVGData.mStroke, parentSVG->mStroke, mPresContext, aContext,
|
|
svg->mStroke, eStyleSVGPaintType_None, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-dasharray: <dasharray>, none, inherit
|
|
nsCSSValueList *list = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
// only do the copy if weren't already set up by the copy constructor
|
|
// FIXME Bug 389408: This is broken when aStartStruct is non-null!
|
|
if (!svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = parentSVG->mStrokeDasharrayLength;
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength) {
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray)
|
|
memcpy(svg->mStrokeDasharray,
|
|
parentSVG->mStrokeDasharray,
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength * sizeof(nsStyleCoord));
|
|
else
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
delete [] svg->mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = nsnull;
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial != list->mValue.GetUnit() &&
|
|
eCSSUnit_None != list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// count number of values
|
|
nsCSSValueList *value = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
while (nsnull != value) {
|
|
++svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength;
|
|
value = value->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength != 0, "no dasharray items");
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
|
|
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
|
|
value = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
PRUint32 i = 0;
|
|
while (nsnull != value) {
|
|
SetCoord(value->mValue,
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray[i++], nsStyleCoord(),
|
|
SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
value = value->mNext;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// stroke-dashoffset: <dashoffset>, inherit
|
|
SetCoord(SVGData.mStrokeDashoffset,
|
|
svg->mStrokeDashoffset, parentSVG->mStrokeDashoffset,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_INITIAL_ZERO,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-linecap: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mStrokeLinecap, svg->mStrokeLinecap, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mStrokeLinecap,
|
|
NS_STYLE_STROKE_LINECAP_BUTT, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-linejoin: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mStrokeLinejoin, svg->mStrokeLinejoin, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mStrokeLinejoin,
|
|
NS_STYLE_STROKE_LINEJOIN_MITER, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-miterlimit: <miterlimit>, inherit
|
|
SetFactor(SVGData.mStrokeMiterlimit, svg->mStrokeMiterlimit,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentSVG->mStrokeMiterlimit, 4.0f);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-opacity:
|
|
SetFactor(SVGData.mStrokeOpacity, svg->mStrokeOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentSVG->mStrokeOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
|
|
|
|
// stroke-width:
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mStrokeWidth.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svg->mStrokeWidth.SetCoordValue(nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(1));
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetCoord(SVGData.mStrokeWidth,
|
|
svg->mStrokeWidth, parentSVG->mStrokeWidth,
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// text-anchor: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mTextAnchor, svg->mTextAnchor, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mTextAnchor,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_ANCHOR_START, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// text-rendering: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mTextRendering, svg->mTextRendering, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
SETDSC_ENUMERATED, parentSVG->mTextRendering,
|
|
NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_INHERITED(SVG, svg)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGResetData(void* aStartStruct,
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
const RuleDetail aRuleDetail,
|
|
const PRBool aCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPUTE_START_RESET(SVGReset, (), svgReset, parentSVGReset, SVG, SVGData)
|
|
|
|
// stop-color:
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mStopColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mStopColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetColor(SVGData.mStopColor, parentSVGReset->mStopColor,
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mStopColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// flood-color:
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mFloodColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mFloodColor = NS_RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetColor(SVGData.mFloodColor, parentSVGReset->mFloodColor,
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mFloodColor, canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// lighting-color:
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mLightingColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mLightingColor = NS_RGB(255, 255, 255);
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetColor(SVGData.mLightingColor, parentSVGReset->mLightingColor,
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mLightingColor,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// clip-path: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = SVGData.mClipPath.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = parentSVGReset->mClipPath;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// stop-opacity:
|
|
SetFactor(SVGData.mStopOpacity, svgReset->mStopOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentSVGReset->mStopOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
|
|
|
|
// flood-opacity:
|
|
SetFactor(SVGData.mFloodOpacity, svgReset->mFloodOpacity, canStoreInRuleTree,
|
|
parentSVGReset->mFloodOpacity, 1.0f, SETFCT_OPACITY);
|
|
|
|
// dominant-baseline: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
SetDiscrete(SVGData.mDominantBaseline, svgReset->mDominantBaseline,
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree, SETDSC_ENUMERATED,
|
|
parentSVGReset->mDominantBaseline,
|
|
NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
// filter: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mFilter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mFilter = SVGData.mFilter.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mFilter.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mFilter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mFilter = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mFilter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svgReset->mFilter = parentSVGReset->mFilter;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// mask: url, none, inherit
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMask.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mMask = SVGData.mMask.GetURLValue();
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMask.GetUnit() ||
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == SVGData.mMask.GetUnit()) {
|
|
svgReset->mMask = nsnull;
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMask.GetUnit()) {
|
|
canStoreInRuleTree = PR_FALSE;
|
|
svgReset->mMask = parentSVGReset->mMask;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
COMPUTE_END_RESET(SVGReset, svgReset)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetParentData(const nsStyleStructID aSID)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(mDependentBits & nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID),
|
|
"should be called when node depends on parent data");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present");
|
|
// Walk up the rule tree from this rule node (towards less specific
|
|
// rules).
|
|
PRUint32 bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
|
|
nsRuleNode *ruleNode = mParent;
|
|
while (ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present");
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name_, checkdata_cb_, ctor_args_) \
|
|
inline const nsStyle##name_ * \
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetParent##name_() \
|
|
{ \
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(mDependentBits & \
|
|
nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_##name_), \
|
|
"should be called when node depends on parent data"); \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mStyleData.GetStyle##name_() == nsnull, \
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present"); \
|
|
/* Walk up the rule tree from this rule node (towards less specific */ \
|
|
/* rules). */ \
|
|
PRUint32 bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_##name_); \
|
|
nsRuleNode *ruleNode = mParent; \
|
|
while (ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) { \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyle##name_() == nsnull, \
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present"); \
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent; \
|
|
} \
|
|
\
|
|
return ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyle##name_(); \
|
|
}
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
const void*
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetStyleData(nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
PRBool aComputeData)
|
|
{
|
|
const void *data;
|
|
if (mDependentBits & nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID)) {
|
|
// We depend on an ancestor for this struct since the cached struct
|
|
// it has is also appropriate for this rule node. Just go up the
|
|
// rule tree and return the first cached struct we find.
|
|
data = GetParentData(aSID);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(data, "dependent bits set but no cached struct present");
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
data = mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull))
|
|
return data; // We have a fully specified struct. Just return it.
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aComputeData))
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
// Nothing is cached. We'll have to delve further and examine our rules.
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT_TEST aSID
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
data = Get##name##Data(aContext);
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT_TEST
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull))
|
|
return data;
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("could not create style struct");
|
|
// To ensure that |GetStyleData| never returns null (even when we're
|
|
// out of memory), we'll get the style set and get a copy of the
|
|
// default values for the given style struct from the set. Note that
|
|
// this works fine even if |this| is a rule node that has been
|
|
// destroyed (leftover from a previous rule tree) but is somehow still
|
|
// used.
|
|
return mPresContext->PresShell()->StyleSet()->
|
|
DefaultStyleData()->GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See comments above in GetStyleData for an explanation of what the
|
|
// code below does.
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name_, checkdata_cb_, ctor_args_) \
|
|
const nsStyle##name_* \
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetStyle##name_(nsStyleContext* aContext, PRBool aComputeData) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
const nsStyle##name_ *data; \
|
|
if (mDependentBits & \
|
|
nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_##name_)) { \
|
|
data = GetParent##name_(); \
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(data, "dependent bits set but no cached struct present"); \
|
|
return data; \
|
|
} \
|
|
\
|
|
data = mStyleData.GetStyle##name_(); \
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull)) \
|
|
return data; \
|
|
\
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aComputeData)) \
|
|
return nsnull; \
|
|
\
|
|
data = \
|
|
static_cast<const nsStyle##name_ *>(Get##name_##Data(aContext)); \
|
|
\
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull)) \
|
|
return data; \
|
|
\
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("could not create style struct"); \
|
|
return \
|
|
static_cast<const nsStyle##name_ *>( \
|
|
mPresContext->PresShell()->StyleSet()-> \
|
|
DefaultStyleData()->GetStyleData(eStyleStruct_##name_)); \
|
|
}
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsRuleNode::Mark()
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsRuleNode *node = this;
|
|
node && !(node->mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK);
|
|
node = node->mParent)
|
|
node->mDependentBits |= NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PLDHashOperator
|
|
SweepRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
PRUint32 number, void *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = static_cast<ChildrenHashEntry*>(hdr);
|
|
if (entry->mRuleNode->Sweep())
|
|
return PL_DHASH_REMOVE; // implies NEXT, unless |ed with STOP
|
|
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRBool
|
|
nsRuleNode::Sweep()
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're not marked, then we have to delete ourself.
|
|
// However, we never allow the root node to GC itself, because nsStyleSet
|
|
// wants to hold onto the root node and not worry about re-creating a
|
|
// rule walker if the root node is deleted.
|
|
if (!(mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK) &&
|
|
// Skip this only if we're the *current* root and not an old one.
|
|
!(IsRoot() && mPresContext->StyleSet()->GetRuleTree() == this)) {
|
|
Destroy();
|
|
return PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clear our mark, for the next time around.
|
|
mDependentBits &= ~NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
|
|
|
|
// Call sweep on the children, since some may not be marked, and
|
|
// remove any deleted children from the child lists.
|
|
if (HaveChildren()) {
|
|
PRUint32 childrenDestroyed;
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
|
|
PRUint32 oldChildCount = children->entryCount;
|
|
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, SweepRuleNodeChildren, nsnull);
|
|
childrenDestroyed = children->entryCount - oldChildCount;
|
|
} else {
|
|
childrenDestroyed = 0;
|
|
for (nsRuleNode **children = ChildrenListPtr(); *children; ) {
|
|
nsRuleNode *next = (*children)->mNextSibling;
|
|
if ((*children)->Sweep()) {
|
|
// This rule node was destroyed, so implicitly advance by
|
|
// making *children point to the next entry.
|
|
*children = next;
|
|
++childrenDestroyed;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Advance.
|
|
children = &(*children)->mNextSibling;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
mRefCnt -= childrenDestroyed;
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(IsRoot() || mRefCnt > 0,
|
|
"We didn't get swept, so we'd better have style contexts "
|
|
"pointing to us or to one of our descendants, which means "
|
|
"we'd better have a nonzero mRefCnt here!");
|
|
}
|
|
return PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ PRBool
|
|
nsRuleNode::HasAuthorSpecifiedRules(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
PRUint32 ruleTypeMask,
|
|
PRBool aAuthorColorsAllowed)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRuleDataColor colorData;
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData;
|
|
nsCSSValue firstBackgroundImage;
|
|
PRUint32 nValues = 0;
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 inheritBits = 0;
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND)
|
|
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Background);
|
|
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER)
|
|
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Border);
|
|
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING)
|
|
inheritBits |= NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Padding);
|
|
|
|
/* We're relying on the use of |aStyleContext| not mutating it! */
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(inheritBits,
|
|
aStyleContext->PresContext(), aStyleContext);
|
|
ruleData.mColorData = &colorData;
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue* backgroundValues[] = {
|
|
&colorData.mBackColor,
|
|
&firstBackgroundImage
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue* borderValues[] = {
|
|
&marginData.mBorderColor.mTop,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderStyle.mTop,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderWidth.mTop,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderColor.mRight,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderStyle.mRight,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderWidth.mRight,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderColor.mBottom,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderStyle.mBottom,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderWidth.mBottom,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderColor.mLeft,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderStyle.mLeft,
|
|
&marginData.mBorderWidth.mLeft
|
|
// XXX add &marginData.mBorder{Start,End}{Width,Color,Style}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue* paddingValues[] = {
|
|
&marginData.mPadding.mTop,
|
|
&marginData.mPadding.mRight,
|
|
&marginData.mPadding.mBottom,
|
|
&marginData.mPadding.mLeft,
|
|
&marginData.mPaddingStart,
|
|
&marginData.mPaddingEnd
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue* values[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(backgroundValues) +
|
|
NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(borderValues) +
|
|
NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(paddingValues)];
|
|
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND) {
|
|
memcpy(&values[nValues], backgroundValues, NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(backgroundValues) * sizeof(nsCSSValue*));
|
|
nValues += NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(backgroundValues);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BORDER) {
|
|
memcpy(&values[nValues], borderValues, NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(borderValues) * sizeof(nsCSSValue*));
|
|
nValues += NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(borderValues);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_PADDING) {
|
|
memcpy(&values[nValues], paddingValues, NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(paddingValues) * sizeof(nsCSSValue*));
|
|
nValues += NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(paddingValues);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* styleContext = aStyleContext;
|
|
|
|
// We need to be careful not to count styles covered up by user-important or
|
|
// UA-important declarations. But we do want to catch explicit inherit
|
|
// styling in those and check our parent style context to see whether we have
|
|
// user styling for those properties. Note that we don't care here about
|
|
// inheritance due to lack of a specified value, since all the properties we
|
|
// care about are reset properties.
|
|
PRBool haveExplicitUAInherit;
|
|
do {
|
|
haveExplicitUAInherit = PR_FALSE;
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* ruleNode = styleContext->GetRuleNode(); ruleNode;
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->GetRule();
|
|
if (rule) {
|
|
ruleData.mLevel = ruleNode->GetLevel();
|
|
ruleData.mIsImportantRule = ruleNode->IsImportantRule();
|
|
|
|
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
|
|
|
|
if ((ruleTypeMask & NS_AUTHOR_SPECIFIED_BACKGROUND) &&
|
|
colorData.mBackImage &&
|
|
firstBackgroundImage.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
// Handle background-image being a value list
|
|
firstBackgroundImage = colorData.mBackImage->mValue;
|
|
}
|
|
// Do the same nulling out as in GetBorderData, GetBackgroundData
|
|
// or GetPaddingData.
|
|
// We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
marginData.mBoxShadow = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackImage = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackRepeat = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackAttachment = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackPosition = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackClip = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackOrigin = nsnull;
|
|
colorData.mBackSize = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
if (ruleData.mLevel == nsStyleSet::eAgentSheet ||
|
|
ruleData.mLevel == nsStyleSet::eUserSheet) {
|
|
// This is a rule whose effect we want to ignore, so if any of
|
|
// the properties we care about were set, set them to the dummy
|
|
// value that they'll never otherwise get.
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < nValues; ++i) {
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = values[i]->GetUnit();
|
|
if (unit != eCSSUnit_Null &&
|
|
unit != eCSSUnit_Dummy &&
|
|
unit != eCSSUnit_DummyInherit) {
|
|
if (unit == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
haveExplicitUAInherit = PR_TRUE;
|
|
values[i]->SetDummyInheritValue();
|
|
} else {
|
|
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If any of the values we care about was set by the above rule,
|
|
// we have author style.
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < nValues; ++i) {
|
|
if (values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null &&
|
|
values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Dummy && // see above
|
|
values[i]->GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_DummyInherit) {
|
|
// If author colors are not allowed, only claim to have
|
|
// author-specified rules if we're looking at the background
|
|
// color and it's set to transparent. Anything else should get
|
|
// set to a dummy value instead.
|
|
if (aAuthorColorsAllowed ||
|
|
(values[i] == &colorData.mBackColor &&
|
|
!values[i]->IsNonTransparentColor())) {
|
|
return PR_TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (haveExplicitUAInherit) {
|
|
// reset all the eCSSUnit_Null values to eCSSUnit_Dummy (since they're
|
|
// not styled by the author, or by anyone else), and then reset all the
|
|
// eCSSUnit_DummyInherit values to eCSSUnit_Null (so we will be able to
|
|
// detect them being styled by the author) and move up to our parent
|
|
// style context.
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < nValues; ++i)
|
|
if (values[i]->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null)
|
|
values[i]->SetDummyValue();
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < nValues; ++i)
|
|
if (values[i]->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_DummyInherit)
|
|
values[i]->Reset();
|
|
styleContext = styleContext->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
} while (haveExplicitUAInherit && styleContext);
|
|
|
|
return PR_FALSE;
|
|
}
|